* Makefile.in (SFILES): Remove nlmread.c.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
c02a867d 11Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
c91d38aa 12 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
e9c75b65 13 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
14Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
15Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
16
e9c75b65
EZ
17Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
18under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 19any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
20Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
21Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
22Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
23@end ifinfo
24
25@setchapternewpage off
25822942 26@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 27
56caf160
EZ
28@syncodeindex fn cp
29@syncodeindex vr cp
30
c906108c 31@titlepage
25822942 32@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
33@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
34@author John Gilmore
35@author Cygnus Solutions
36@author Second Edition:
37@author Stan Shebs
38@author Cygnus Solutions
39@page
40@tex
41\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
42\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
43{\parskip=0pt
44\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
45\hfill \manvers\par
46\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
47}
48@end tex
49
50@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235 51Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
c91d38aa 52 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 53
e9c75b65
EZ
54Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
55under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 56any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
57Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
58Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
59Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
60@end titlepage
61
449f3b6c 62@contents
449f3b6c 63
c906108c
SS
64@node Top
65@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
66@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
67@top Scope of this Document
68
25822942
DB
69This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
70includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
71as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
72
73@menu
74* Requirements::
75* Overall Structure::
76* Algorithms::
77* User Interface::
89437448 78* libgdb::
c906108c
SS
79* Symbol Handling::
80* Language Support::
81* Host Definition::
82* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 83* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
84* Target Vector Definition::
85* Native Debugging::
86* Support Libraries::
87* Coding::
88* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 89* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 90* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 91* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 92* Testsuite::
c906108c 93* Hints::
aab4e0ec 94
bcd7e15f 95* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 96* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 97* Index::
c906108c
SS
98@end menu
99
100@node Requirements
101
102@chapter Requirements
56caf160 103@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
104
105Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
106requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
107of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
108that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 109
56caf160
EZ
110First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
111front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
112shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 113
56caf160
EZ
114@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
115available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
116programmer.
c906108c 117
56caf160
EZ
118@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
119the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
120going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
121to debugger commands.
c906108c 122
56caf160
EZ
123@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
124While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 125picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
126programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
127mollify the debugger.
c906108c 128
56caf160
EZ
129@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
130Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
131heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 132
56caf160
EZ
133@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
134available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
135supports.
c906108c
SS
136
137
138@node Overall Structure
139
140@chapter Overall Structure
141
56caf160
EZ
142@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
143symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
144@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 145
2e685b93 146The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
147supporting code.
148
149The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
150interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
151parsing, type and value printing.
152
153The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
154physical target manipulation.
155
156The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
157number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
158elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
159supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
160this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
161should fit together.
162
163@section The Symbol Side
164
56caf160
EZ
165The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
166you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
167For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
168many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
169
170@section The Target Side
171
56caf160
EZ
172The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
173Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
174of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
175available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
176
177Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
178display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 179such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
180relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
181way.
182
183@section Configurations
184
56caf160
EZ
185@cindex host
186@cindex target
25822942 187@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
188@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
189executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
190third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
191
192Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support.
193Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host
194float format.
195
196Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
197dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
198breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
199to call a function.
200
201Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
202is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
203host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target
204process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
205registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
206in the native-dependent files.
207
208Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
209are really part of the target environment, but which require
210@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
211file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
212
25822942 213When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you
c906108c
SS
214have to include all three kinds of information.
215
25ab7e6d
EZ
216@section Source Tree Structure
217@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
218
219The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
220are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
221to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
222@file{dwarfread.c} reads DWARF, etc.
223
224Files that are related to some common task have names that share
225common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
226debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
227reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
228deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
229parlance for the program being debugged).
230
231There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
232@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
233files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
234(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
235specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
236
237Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
238debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
239native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
240
241The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
242
243@table @file
244@item cli
245Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
246Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
247
248@item gdbserver
249Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
250
251@item gdbtk
252Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
253
254@item mi
255The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
256
257@item signals
258Target signal translation code.
259
260@item tui
261Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
262Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
263@end table
c906108c
SS
264
265@node Algorithms
266
267@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 268@cindex algorithms
c906108c 269
56caf160
EZ
270@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
271often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
272cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
273algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
274they use.
c906108c
SS
275
276@section Frames
277
56caf160
EZ
278@cindex frame
279@cindex call stack frame
280A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
281and called functions.
c906108c 282
410dd08e 283@cindex frame, unwind
c5e30d01
AC
284@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
285need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
286the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
287Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
d3e8051b 288read the @sc{dwarf} specification.
410dd08e
JB
289
290@findex frame_register_unwind
c5e30d01
AC
291@findex get_frame_register
292@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
293``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
294@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
295frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
296#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
297obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
298frame itself?
410dd08e
JB
299
300@cindex sentinel frame
301@findex get_frame_type
302@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
303To answer this question, GDB has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
304``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
305the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
306is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) ==
307SENTINEL_FRAME}.
308
7d30c22d
JB
309@section Prologue Analysis
310
311@cindex prologue analysis
312@cindex call frame information
313@cindex CFI (call frame information)
314To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
315variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
316of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
317saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
318younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
319scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
320changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
321may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
322
323Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
324which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
325But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
326technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
327registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
328code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
329allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
330register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 331accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
332helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
333CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
334@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
335calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
336
337In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
338target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
339optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
340write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
341understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
342GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
343understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
344themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
345and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
346instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
347
348@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
349@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
350@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
351To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
352and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
353prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
354analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
355framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
356``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
357using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
358would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
359starts with the instruction:
360
361@example
362addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
363@end example
364@noindent
365we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
366this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
367value.
368
369If we then see an instruction like:
370
371@example
372addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
373@end example
374@noindent
375we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
376it is now 64 greater than its original value.
377
378If the next instruction were:
379
380@example
381mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
382@end example
383@noindent
384then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
385@code{r1} plus 64.
386
387It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
388need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
389registers. So after an instruction like this:
390
391@example
392mov (fp+4), r2
393@end example
394@noindent
395then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
396holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
397
398And so on.
399
400Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
401wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
402the instruction:
403
404@example
405xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
406@end example
407@noindent
408then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
409a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
410relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
411``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
412information is acceptable for our application.
413
414So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
415approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
416never inaccurate.
417
418Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
419machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
420contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
421from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
422current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
423Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
424kept track of.
425
426@itemize @bullet
427
428@item
429To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
430stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
431minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
432If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
433the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
434we don't know the frame size.
435
436@item
437To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
438search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
439registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
440original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
441to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
442anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
443@end itemize
444
445This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
446quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
447forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
448function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
449of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
450worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
451and maintain. In the approach described above:
452
453@itemize @bullet
454
455@item
456It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 457whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
458the effect of each instruction.
459
460@item
461It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
462instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
463wasn't already broken before.
464
465@item
466It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
467complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
468of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
469what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
470already gathering the right data for you.
471
472@end itemize
473
474The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
475the framework and how to use it.
476
477
c906108c
SS
478@section Breakpoint Handling
479
56caf160 480@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
481In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
482where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
483that location.
484
485There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
486breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
487
56caf160
EZ
488@cindex hardware breakpoints
489@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
490Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
491features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
492register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 493(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 494ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
495exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
496
497Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
498include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
499processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
500address.
501
502A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
503breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
504software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
505breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 506@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 507for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
508
509Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 510limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 511start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 512notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
513whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
514breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
515an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
516
517@cindex software breakpoints
518Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
519The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
520instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
521that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
522@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
523user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
524instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
525
526Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 527must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 528can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 529although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
530
531Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
532instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
533target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
534breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
535larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
536targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
537instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
538set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
539although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
540instruction.
541
56caf160 542@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
543The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro
544@code{BREAKPOINT}.
545
546Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
547much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
548
8181d85f
DJ
549@table @code
550@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
551@findex target_remove_breakpoint
552@findex target_insert_breakpoint
553@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
554@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
555Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
556@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
557non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
558breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
559@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
560to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
561@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
562related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
563contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
564if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
565underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
566memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
567@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
568it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
569
570For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
571shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
572the length reported by @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} is cached in
573@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
574used to remove the breakpoint.
575
576@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
577@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
578@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
579@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
580@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
581Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
582@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
583non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
584a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
585@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
586@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
587but @code{placed_size} may be.
588@end table
589
c906108c
SS
590@section Single Stepping
591
592@section Signal Handling
593
594@section Thread Handling
595
596@section Inferior Function Calls
597
598@section Longjmp Support
599
56caf160 600@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 601@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
602@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
603stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
604which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
605command.
c906108c 606
56caf160 607@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
608To make this work, you need to define a macro called
609@code{GET_LONGJMP_TARGET}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf}
610structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf}
611is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate
56caf160 612@file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and
c906108c
SS
613@file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this.
614
9742079a
EZ
615@section Watchpoints
616@cindex watchpoints
617
618Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
619breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
620instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
621your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
622hunt down and kill such bugs.
623
624@cindex hardware watchpoints
625@cindex software watchpoints
626Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
627known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
628hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
629software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
630will use software watchpoints are:
631
632@itemize @bullet
633@item
634The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
635watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
636to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
637more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
638watchpoints.
639
640@item
641The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
642registers (as opposed to memory).
643
644@item
645Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
646this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
647resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
648breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
649breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
650
651@item
652No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
653implementation.
654@end itemize
655
656Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
657single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
658watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
659section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
660
b6b8ece6
EZ
661When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
662possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
663For a data-write watchpoint, it does so by evaluating, for each
664watchpoint, the expression whose value is being watched, and testing
665whether the watched value has changed. For data-read and data-access
666watchpoints, @value{GDBN} needs the target to supply a primitive that
667returns the address of the data that was accessed or read (see the
668description of @code{target_stopped_data_address} below): if this
669primitive returns a valid address, @value{GDBN} infers that a
670watchpoint triggered if it watches an expression whose evaluation uses
671that address.
672
9742079a
EZ
673@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
674watchpoints:
675
676@table @code
677@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
678@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
679If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
680
681@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
682@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
683Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
684possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
685of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
686not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
687number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
688is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
689are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
690the same time).
691
692@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
693@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
694Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
695whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
696
b6b8ece6 697@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
698@findex target_insert_watchpoint
699@findex target_remove_watchpoint
700@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
701@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
702Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
703@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
704possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
705defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
706
474c8240 707@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
708 enum target_hw_bp_type
709 @{
710 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
711 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
712 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
713 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
714 @};
474c8240 715@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
716
717@noindent
718These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
719
9742079a 720@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
721@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
722If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
723associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
b6b8ece6
EZ
724@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. Note that
725this primitive is used by @value{GDBN} only on targets that support
726data-read or data-access type watchpoints, so targets that have
727support only for data-write watchpoints need not implement these
728primitives.
9742079a 729
9742079a
EZ
730@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
731@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
732If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
733watchpoint to step over it.
734
735@findex HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
736@item HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
737If defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
738watchpoint to step the inferior over it.
739
740@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
741@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
742If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
743inferior after a watchpoint has been hit.
744
745@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
746@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
747If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
748watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
749
750@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
751@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
752Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
753the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
754Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
755the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
756type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
757target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
758the @var{wait_status} argument.
759
760@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
761@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
762determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
763it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
764@end table
765
766@subsection x86 Watchpoints
767@cindex x86 debug registers
768@cindex watchpoints, on x86
769
770The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
771registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
772generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
773support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
774subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
775
776To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
777following:
778
779@itemize @bullet
780@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
781@item
782Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
783target-dependent headers.
784
785@item
786Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
787defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
788
789@item
790Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
791@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
792@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
793
794@item
795Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
796below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
797which does the real work.
798@end itemize
799
800The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
801debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
802real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
803provide:
804
805@table @code
806@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
807@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
808Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
809
810@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
811@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
812Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
813
814@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
815@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
816Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
817number @var{idx}.
818
819@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
820@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
821Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
822used immediately after it is returned by
823@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
824register values.
825@end table
826
827For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
828that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
829to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
830allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
831expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
832wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
833maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
834anything to use this feature.
835
836The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
837bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
838be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
839region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
840@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
841bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
842a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
843region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
844
845The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
846@value{GDBN}'s application code:
847
848@table @code
849@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
850@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
851The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
852this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
853watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
854less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
855processors.
856
857@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
858@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
859The target function
860@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
861This
9742079a
EZ
862function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
863Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
864macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
865set in DR6.
866
ac77d04f
JJ
867@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
868@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
869The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
870is set to call this function. The
871argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
872function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
873Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
874macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
875returned.
876
9742079a
EZ
877@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
878@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
879@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
880@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
881Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
882@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
883are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
884looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
885region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
886reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
887register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
888the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
889value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
890register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
891and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
892inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
893@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
894required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
895each debug register.
896
897@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
898in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
899length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
900values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
901@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
902watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
903decrements the reference count, and only calls
904@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
905the count goes to zero.
906
907@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
908@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
909@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
910@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
911These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
912macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
913@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
914The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
915the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
916These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
917@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
918the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
919hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
920register.
921
922@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
923@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
924This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
925hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 926@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
927address whose watchpoint triggered.
928
929@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
930@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
931This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
932bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
933the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
934@end table
935
936@noindent
937@strong{Notes:}
938@enumerate 1
939@item
940x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
941However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
942@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
943watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
944on x86.
945
946@item
947x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
948only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
949there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
950whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
951current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
952always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
953watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
954unavailable in many platforms.
955@end enumerate
956
5c95884b
MS
957@section Checkpoints
958@cindex checkpoints
959@cindex restart
960In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
961the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
962
963Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
964whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
965state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
966registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
967of open files and devices.
968
969There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 970in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
971method implemented on the target side.
972
973A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
974state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
975not typically include information about external entities such as
976open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
977
978A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
979as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
980is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
981be used on other systems.
982
b247355e 983Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
984method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
985advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
986details of how it is done.
987
988
bcd7e15f
JB
989@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
990@cindex observer pattern interface
991@cindex notifications about changes in internals
992
993In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
994some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
995modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
996hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
997versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
998@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
999a strong limitation.
1000
1001A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1002Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1003a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1004previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1005easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1006interface when adding new notifications.
1007
1008See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1009currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1010implementation is also briefly discussed.
1011
c906108c
SS
1012@node User Interface
1013
1014@chapter User Interface
1015
25822942 1016@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface
c906108c
SS
1017is the most common and most familiar, there are others.
1018
1019@section Command Interpreter
1020
56caf160 1021@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1022@cindex CLI
25822942 1023The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1024allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1025has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1026a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1027
56caf160
EZ
1028For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1029@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1030to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1031
56caf160
EZ
1032@findex add_cmd
1033@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1034To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1035the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1036place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1037the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1038
40dd2248
TT
1039@findex add_setshow_cmd
1040@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1041To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1042@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1043a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1044further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1045the new command structures for manipulation.
1046
56caf160
EZ
1047@cindex deprecating commands
1048@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1049Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1050deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1051aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1052@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1053return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1054command immediately after it is created.
1055
c72e7388 1056The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1057replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1058@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1059entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1060
0ee54786
EZ
1061@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1062@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1063@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1064
1065@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1066The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1067@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1068interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1069from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1070every UI, to produce output.
1071
1072@subsection Overview and Terminology
1073
1074In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1075of output, and can even generate an input request.
1076
1077Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1078
1079@itemize @bullet
1080@item
1081to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1082
1083@item
1084to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1085operation;
1086
1087@item
1088to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1089progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1090
1091@item
1092to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1093
1094@item
1095to show @emph{debug data};
1096
1097@item
1098to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1099@end itemize
1100
1101@noindent
1102This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1103although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1104
1105Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1106involves one or more of the following:
1107
1108@itemize @bullet
1109@item
1110output of the actual data
1111
1112@item
1113formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1114easily readable by humans
1115
1116@item
1117machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1118parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1119
1120@item
c72e7388
AC
1121annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1122parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1123@end itemize
1124
1125The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1126Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1127of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1128deprecated.
1129
c72e7388
AC
1130Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1131a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1132non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1133header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1134
c72e7388
AC
1135@table @code
1136@item <table> @expansion{}
1137@code{<header> <body>}
1138@item <header> @expansion{}
1139@code{@{ <column> @}}
1140@item <column> @expansion{}
1141@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1142@item <body> @expansion{}
1143@code{@{<row>@}}
1144@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1145
1146
1147@subsection General Conventions
1148
c72e7388
AC
1149Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1150@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1151object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1152
c72e7388
AC
1153The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1154to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1155
c72e7388
AC
1156The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1157When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1158sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1159format.
1160
c72e7388
AC
1161When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1162call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1163
1164
c72e7388 1165@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1166
1167@cindex list output functions
1168@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1169@cindex tuple output functions
1170This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1171tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1172(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1173
c72e7388
AC
1174To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1175containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1176fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1177
c72e7388
AC
1178Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1179rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1180even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1181
1182@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1183Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1184maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1185
1186The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1187
474c8240 1188@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1189 ui_out_table_begin
1190 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1191 @dots{}
0ee54786 1192 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1193 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1194 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1195 @dots{}
1196 ui_out_tuple_end
1197 @dots{}
0ee54786 1198 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1199@end smallexample
0ee54786 1200
c72e7388 1201Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1202functions:
1203
c72e7388
AC
1204@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1205The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1206of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1207function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1208the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1209@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1210pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1211@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1212was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1213
1214The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1215the end of the table's output.
1216@end deftypefun
1217
c72e7388
AC
1218@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1219@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1220table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1221column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1222@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1223
1224The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1225value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1226@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1227center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1228specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1229column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1230call.
0ee54786
EZ
1231@end deftypefun
1232
1233@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1234This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1235@end deftypefun
1236
1237@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1238This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1239after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1240functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1241
1242There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1243call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1244will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1245@end deftypefun
1246
c72e7388 1247The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1248call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1249@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1250@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1251calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1252
c72e7388
AC
1253@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1254This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1255to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1256implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1257after the call.
1258@end deftypefun
1259
1260@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1261This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1262one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1263@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1264be signaled.
1265@end deftypefun
1266
1267@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1268This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1269(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1270and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1271cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1272@smallexample
1273struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1274ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1275old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1276 uiout);
1277@end smallexample
1278@end deftypefun
1279
1280@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1281This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1282an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1283implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1284after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1285@end deftypefun
1286
1287@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1288This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1289one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1290@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1291be signaled.
1292@end deftypefun
1293
1294@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1295Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1296opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
1297that will close the list.list.
0ee54786
EZ
1298@end deftypefun
1299
1300@subsection Item Output Functions
1301
1302@cindex item output functions
1303@cindex field output functions
1304@cindex data output
1305The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1306items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1307
1308Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1309
1310@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1311This is the most general output function. It produces the
1312representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1313according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1314@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1315supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1316supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1317
1318This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1319use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1320@end deftypefun
1321
c72e7388 1322@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1323This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1324@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1325the name of the field.
1326@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1327
1328@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1329This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1330@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1331@var{fldname} specifies
1332the name of the field.
1333@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1334
c72e7388 1335@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1336This function outputs an address.
1337@end deftypefun
1338
c72e7388 1339@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1340This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1341specification.
1342@end deftypefun
1343
1344Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1345functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1346@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1347the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1348used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1349of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1350@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1351you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1352@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1353@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1354and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1355constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1356you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1357@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1358
1359@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1360This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1361same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1362passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1363@code{ui_stream} object.
1364@end deftypefun
1365
1366@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1367This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1368@var{streambuf}.
1369@end deftypefun
1370
c72e7388 1371@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1372This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1373@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1374@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1375@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1376the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1377@end deftypefun
1378
1379@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1380out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1381@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1382cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1383skeleton code to do that:
1384
1385@smallexample
1386 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1387 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1388 ...
1389 do_cleanups (old);
1390@end smallexample
1391
1392If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1393of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1394
1395@smallexample
1396 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1397 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1398@end smallexample
1399
1400Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1401@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1402same buffer twice.
1403
1404@subsection Utility Output Functions
1405
c72e7388 1406@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1407This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1408an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1409@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1410@end deftypefun
1411
c72e7388 1412@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1413This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1414easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1415this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1416from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1417
1418Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1419the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1420to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1421string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1422output short messages.
1423@end deftypefun
1424
1425@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1426This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1427text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1428list.
1429@end deftypefun
1430
c72e7388 1431@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1432This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1433verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1434current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1435verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1436setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1437as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1438argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1439@end deftypefun
1440
1441@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1442This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1443of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1444output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1445be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1446accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1447explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1448@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1449@end deftypefun
1450
1451@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1452This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1453the UI buffers output.
1454@end deftypefun
1455
1456
1457@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1458
1459@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1460@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1461This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1462functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1463@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1464@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1465
1466This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1467produce a table.
1468
1469The original code was:
1470
474c8240 1471@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1472 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1473 @{
1474 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1475
1476 annotate_field (0);
1477 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1478 annotate_field (1);
1479 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1480 annotate_field (2);
1481 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1482 annotate_field (3);
1483 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1484 if (addressprint)
1485 @{
1486 annotate_field (4);
1487 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1488 @}
1489 annotate_field (5);
1490 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1491
1492 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1493 @}
474c8240 1494@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1495
1496Here's the new version:
1497
474c8240 1498@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1499 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1500
1501 if (addressprint)
1502 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1503 else
1504 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1505
1506 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1507 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1508 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1509 annotate_field (0);
1510 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1511 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1512 annotate_field (1);
1513 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1514 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1515 annotate_field (2);
1516 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1517 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1518 annotate_field (3);
1519 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1520 if (addressprint)
1521 @{
1522 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1523 annotate_field (4);
1524 if (TARGET_ADDR_BIT <= 32)
1525 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1526 else
c72e7388
AC
1527 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1528 @}
1529 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1530 annotate_field (5);
1531 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1532 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1533 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1534 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1535@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1536
1537This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1538to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1539in the above example. The original code was:
1540
474c8240 1541@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1542 annotate_record ();
1543 annotate_field (0);
1544 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1545 annotate_field (1);
1546 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1547 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1548 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1549 (int)b->type);
1550 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1551 annotate_field (2);
1552 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1553 annotate_field (3);
1554 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1555 @dots{}
474c8240 1556@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1557
1558This is the new version:
1559
474c8240 1560@smallexample
0ee54786 1561 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1562 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1563 annotate_field (0);
1564 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1565 annotate_field (1);
1566 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1567 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1568 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1569 (int) b->type);
1570 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1571 annotate_field (2);
1572 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1573 annotate_field (3);
1574 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1575 @dots{}
474c8240 1576@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1577
1578This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1579produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1580functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1581automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1582
474c8240 1583@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1584 annotate_field (5);
1585 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1586@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1587
1588The new version is:
1589
474c8240 1590@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1591 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1592 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1593 ...
1594 annotate_field (5);
1595 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1596 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1597@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1598
1599This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1600@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1601was:
1602
474c8240 1603@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1604 annotate_field (5);
1605 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1606 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1607 else
1608 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1609@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1610
1611It became:
1612
474c8240 1613@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1614 annotate_field (5);
1615 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1616 @{
1617 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1618 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1619 @}
1620 else
1621 @{
1622 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1623 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1624 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1625 @}
474c8240 1626@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1627
1628The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1629use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1630code was:
1631
474c8240 1632@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1633 annotate_field (5);
1634 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1635 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1636@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1637
1638It became:
1639
474c8240 1640@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1641 annotate_field (5);
1642 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1643 @{
1644 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1645 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1646 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1647 @}
474c8240 1648@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1649
1650Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1651code was:
1652
474c8240 1653@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1654 annotate_field (5);
1655 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1656 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1657@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1658
1659It became:
1660
474c8240 1661@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1662 annotate_field (5);
1663 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1664 @{
1665 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1666 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1667 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1668 @}
474c8240 1669@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1670
1671Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1672
474c8240 1673@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1674 annotate_field (4);
1675 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1676 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1677@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1678
1679It became:
1680
474c8240 1681@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1682 annotate_field (4);
1683 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1684@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1685
1686
c906108c
SS
1687@section Console Printing
1688
1689@section TUI
1690
89437448 1691@node libgdb
c906108c 1692
89437448
AC
1693@chapter libgdb
1694
1695@section libgdb 1.0
1696@cindex @code{libgdb}
1697@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1698to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1699
1700@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1701@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1702@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1703better able to support graphical and other environments.
1704
1705Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1706evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1707
1708@itemize @bullet
1709@item
1710Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1711@item
1712Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1713@item
1714Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1715@item
1716Library - @file{gdb.h}
1717@end itemize
1718
1719The model that ties these components together is described below.
1720
1721@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1722
1723A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1724
1725@itemize @bullet
1726@item
1727As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1728@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1729state, etc).
1730@item
1731As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1732obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1733@end itemize
1734
c1468174 1735Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1736the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1737controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1738@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1739before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1740
1741@section CLI support
1742
1743At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1744@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1745their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1746requirements.
1747
1748It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1749(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1750out the theory:
1751
1752@itemize @bullet
1753@item
1754The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1755@item
1756The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1757versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1758@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1759@item
1760The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1761used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1762@end itemize
1763
1764When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1765along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1766the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1767through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1768At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1769virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1770
1771The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1772@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1773client's custom builder).
1774
1775@section @code{libgdb} components
1776
1777@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1778@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1779be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1780observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1781the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1782finished the current command.
1783
1784@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1785@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1786create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1787when doing any queries.
1788
1789@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1790@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1791@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1792loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1793implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1794
1795The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1796@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1797instead of returning.
1798
1799@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1800@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1801the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1802builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1803before the query function returns.
c906108c
SS
1804
1805@node Symbol Handling
1806
1807@chapter Symbol Handling
1808
25822942 1809Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables,
c906108c
SS
1810functions, and types.
1811
1812@section Symbol Reading
1813
56caf160
EZ
1814@cindex symbol reading
1815@cindex reading of symbols
1816@cindex symbol files
1817@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1818file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1819debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1820symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1821more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while
1822reading symbols from shared libraries.
1823
1824@findex find_sym_fns
1825Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1826the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1827of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1828this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1829
1830@findex add_symtab_fns
1831@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
1832@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
1833Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
1834@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
1835to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
1836name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
1837and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 1838times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
1839prefix.
1840
1841The functions supplied by each module are:
1842
1843@table @code
1844@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
1845
56caf160 1846@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1847Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
1848symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
1849resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
1850read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
1851might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1852whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
1853
1854The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
1855@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
1856new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
1857and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
1858information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
1859in the @code{private} field.
1860
1861There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
1862@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
1863
1864@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
1865
1866Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
1867This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
1868state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
1869@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
1870arguments and no result. It may be called after
1871@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
1872may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
1873
1874@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
1875
1876Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
1877symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
1878
56caf160 1879@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
1880@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
1881the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
1882address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 1883table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
1884or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
1885@end table
1886
1887In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
1888@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
1889to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 1890from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
1891
1892@table @code
1893@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
1894
56caf160 1895Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
1896the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
1897pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
1898symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
1899@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
1900zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
1901@end table
1902
1903@section Partial Symbol Tables
1904
56caf160 1905@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
1906
1907@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1908@cindex full symbol table
1909@cindex symtabs
1910@item
1911Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
1912information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 1913
56caf160
EZ
1914@cindex psymtabs
1915@item
1916Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
1917information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
1918symbol table.
1919
56caf160
EZ
1920@cindex minimal symbol table
1921@cindex minsymtabs
1922@item
1923Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 1924gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
1925@end itemize
1926
56caf160 1927@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
1928This section describes partial symbol tables.
1929
1930A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
1931file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 1932extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 1933need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 1934information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
1935quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
1936pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
1937the user.
1938@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
1939
1940The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
1941visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
1942that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 1943types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
1944
1945The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
1946full symbol table would represent.
1947
56caf160
EZ
1948@cindex finding a symbol
1949@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
1950The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
1951code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
1952
1953@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1954@findex find_pc_function
1955@findex find_pc_line
1956@item
c1468174 1957By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
1958function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
1959range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
1960@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
1961@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 1962
56caf160
EZ
1963@cindex lookup_symbol
1964@item
1965By its name
c1468174 1966(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
1967function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
1968psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
1969have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
1970case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 1971qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
1972local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
1973does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
1974@end itemize
1975
1976The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
1977at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
1978while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
1979psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
1980them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
1981either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
1982name.
1983
56caf160
EZ
1984It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
1985been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
1986in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
1987all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
1988ranges.
c906108c 1989
56caf160 1990The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
1991thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
1992be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
1993bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
1994and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
1995on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
1996unless you want to do a lot more work.
1997
1998@section Types
1999
56caf160 2000@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2001
56caf160 2002@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2003These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2004types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2005into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2006that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2007knows about.
c906108c 2008
56caf160 2009@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2010
56caf160
EZ
2011@cindex type codes
2012Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2013of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2014@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2015which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2016types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2017other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2018or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2019
56caf160 2020@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2021
2022These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2023fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2024use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2025eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2026initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2027@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2028an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2029@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2030only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2031@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2032some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2033
2034@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2035@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2036
2037@subsection a.out
2038
56caf160
EZ
2039@cindex @code{a.out} format
2040The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2041consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2042which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2043respectively.
c906108c 2044
56caf160 2045The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2046place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2047@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2048format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2049symbols with distinctive attributes.
2050
56caf160 2051The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2052
2053@subsection COFF
2054
56caf160 2055@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2056The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2057COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2058number of sections is limited.
2059
2060The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
2061was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For
2062instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2063included file.
2064
2065The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2066
2067@subsection ECOFF
2068
56caf160 2069@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2070ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2071workstations.
2072
2073The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2074
2075@subsection XCOFF
2076
56caf160 2077@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2078The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2079The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2080symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2081@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2082information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2083
2084The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2085shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2086refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2087relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2088using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2089been run (or the core file has been read).
2090
2091@subsection PE
2092
56caf160
EZ
2093@cindex PE-COFF format
2094Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2095executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2096
25822942 2097While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2098COFF reader.
2099
2100@subsection ELF
2101
56caf160 2102@cindex ELF format
c906108c
SS
2103The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar
2104to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes
2105many of COFF's limitations.
2106
2107The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2108
2109@subsection SOM
2110
56caf160 2111@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2112SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2113SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2114
2115The SOM reader is in @file{hpread.c}.
2116
c906108c
SS
2117@section Debugging File Formats
2118
2119This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2120are independent of the object file format.
2121
2122@subsection stabs
2123
56caf160 2124@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2125@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2126format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2127formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2128
2129While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2130including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2131the real work.
2132
2133@subsection COFF
2134
56caf160 2135@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2136The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2137of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2138
2139@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2140
56caf160 2141@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2142ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2143
2144The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2145
2146@subsection DWARF 1
2147
56caf160 2148@cindex DWARF 1 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2149DWARF 1 is a debugging format that was originally designed to be
2150used with ELF in SVR4 systems.
2151
c906108c
SS
2152@c GCC_PRODUCER
2153@c GPLUS_PRODUCER
2154@c LCC_PRODUCER
2155@c If defined, these are the producer strings in a DWARF 1 file. All of
2156@c these have reasonable defaults already.
2157
2158The DWARF 1 reader is in @file{dwarfread.c}.
2159
2160@subsection DWARF 2
2161
56caf160 2162@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2163DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2164
2165The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2166
2167@subsection SOM
2168
56caf160 2169@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2170Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2171
25822942 2172@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2173
56caf160
EZ
2174@cindex adding debugging info reader
2175If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2176there is probably little to be done.
2177
2178If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2179BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2180
2181You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
25822942 2182debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines
c906108c 2183from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging
25822942 2184information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD
c906108c
SS
2185internal data structures.
2186
2187For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2188to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2189platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2190will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2191directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2192@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2193
c91d38aa
DJ
2194@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2195
2196Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2197its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2198namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2199
2200Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2201released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2202objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2203they could be unloaded at different times.
2204
2205User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2206these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2207is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2208the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2209
c906108c
SS
2210
2211@node Language Support
2212
2213@chapter Language Support
2214
56caf160
EZ
2215@cindex language support
2216@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2217although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2218manually.
c906108c 2219
56caf160
EZ
2220@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2221of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2222means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2223identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2224
25822942 2225@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2226
56caf160
EZ
2227@cindex adding source language
2228To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2229following steps:
c906108c
SS
2230
2231@table @emph
2232@item Create the expression parser.
2233
56caf160 2234@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2235This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2236building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2237@file{parse.c}.
2238
56caf160 2239@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2240Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2241parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2242@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2243various parsers from defining the same global names:
2244
474c8240 2245@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2246#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2247#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2248#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2249#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2250#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2251#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2252#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2253#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2254#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2255#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2256#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2257#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2258#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2259#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2260#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2261#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2262@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2263
2264At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2265initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2266@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2267@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2268that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2269and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2270@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2271language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2272for more information.
2273
2274@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2275
56caf160
EZ
2276@cindex expression evaluation routines
2277@findex evaluate_subexp
2278@findex prefixify_subexp
2279@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2280If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2281add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2282code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2283defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2284for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2285@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2286the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2287
2288@item Update some existing code
2289
2290Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2291@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2292
2293Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2294These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2295are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2296statement, an error is reported.
2297
56caf160 2298@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2299Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2300@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2301@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2302string.
2303
56caf160 2304@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2305Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2306language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2307dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2308
56caf160 2309@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2310Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2311code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2312This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2313Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2314file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2315information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2316code.
2317
56caf160
EZ
2318@findex print_subexp
2319@findex op_print_tab
2320Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2321expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2322printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2323
2324@item Add a place of call
2325
56caf160 2326@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2327Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2328@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c
SS
2329
2330@item Use macros to trim code
2331
56caf160 2332@cindex trimming language-dependent code
25822942
DB
2333The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the
2334languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language
c906108c
SS
2335@var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the
2336macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to
2337leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not
2338using your language.
2339
25822942 2340Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2341is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the
25822942 2342compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all.
c906108c 2343
56caf160
EZ
2344See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured
2345for different languages.
c906108c
SS
2346
2347@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2348
2349Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2350variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2351not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2352distribution!
c906108c
SS
2353@end table
2354
2355
2356@node Host Definition
2357
2358@chapter Host Definition
2359
56caf160 2360With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2361definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2362mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2363
2364@section Adding a New Host
2365
56caf160
EZ
2366@cindex adding a new host
2367@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2368@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2369New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2370@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2371below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2372eventually disappear.
c906108c 2373
c906108c 2374@table @file
c906108c 2375@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527
AC
2376This file once contained both host and native configuration information
2377(@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host
2378configuration information is now handed by Autoconf.
2379
2380Host configuration information included a definition of
2381@code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2382@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2383@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2384
7fd60527
AC
2385New host only configurations do not need this file.
2386
c906108c 2387@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h
7fd60527
AC
2388This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting
2389gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now
2390handled by Autoconf.
2391
2392New host and native configurations do not need this file.
2393
2394@emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h}
2395file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT},
2396@var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code
2397also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.}
c906108c 2398
c906108c
SS
2399@end table
2400
2401@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2402
56caf160 2403@cindex generic host support
c906108c
SS
2404There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
2405various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
2406defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
2407the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
2408@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}.
2409
2410Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
2411to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
2412Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o}
2413into @code{XDEPFILES}.
2414
2415@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2416@cindex remote debugging support
2417@cindex serial line support
c906108c
SS
2418@item ser-unix.c
2419This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always
2420included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this
2421variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it.
2422
2423@item ser-go32.c
2424This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2425using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2426
56caf160 2427@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c
SS
2428@item ser-tcp.c
2429This contains generic TCP support using sockets.
c906108c
SS
2430@end table
2431
2432@section Host Conditionals
2433
56caf160
EZ
2434When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2435defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
2436attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if
2437the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where
2438they are used is indicated) are:
c906108c 2439
56caf160 2440@ftable @code
25822942 2441@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2442The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2443@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2444
cce74817
JM
2445@item NO_STD_REGS
2446This macro is deprecated.
2447
c906108c
SS
2448@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2449If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2450of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2451
2452@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2453Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2454the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2455
2456@item ALIGN_STACK_ON_STARTUP
56caf160 2457@cindex stack alignment
c906108c
SS
2458Define this if your system is of a sort that will crash in
2459@code{tgetent} if the stack happens not to be longword-aligned when
2460@code{main} is called. This is a rare situation, but is known to occur
2461on several different types of systems.
2462
2463@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2464@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2465Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2466line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2467characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2468which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2469mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2470
2471@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2472@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2473The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2474
2475@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2476@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2477The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2478
c906108c
SS
2479@item FOPEN_RB
2480Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
2481
c906108c 2482@item HAVE_MMAP
56caf160 2483@findex mmap
c906108c
SS
2484In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol
2485tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates.
2486
c906108c
SS
2487@item HAVE_TERMIO
2488Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}.
2489
c906108c 2490@item INT_MAX
9742079a
EZ
2491@itemx INT_MIN
2492@itemx LONG_MAX
2493@itemx UINT_MAX
2494@itemx ULONG_MAX
c906108c
SS
2495Values for host-side constants.
2496
2497@item ISATTY
2498Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2499
2500@item LONGEST
2501This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined,
2502it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on
2503@code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}.
2504
2505@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2506@cindex @code{long long} data type
2507Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2508by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2509
2510@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2511Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2512the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2513@code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2514
2515@item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
56caf160
EZ
2516Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is
2517set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2518
2519@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2520Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point
56caf160
EZ
2521numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is
2522set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2523
2524@item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2525Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double
56caf160
EZ
2526float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier
2527@code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2528
2529@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2530Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2531@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2532is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2533
2534@item L_SET
56caf160
EZ
2535This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly,
2536@code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead,
2537which is the POSIX equivalent.
c906108c 2538
c906108c
SS
2539@item NORETURN
2540If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2541that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2542indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2543if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2544
2545@item ATTR_NORETURN
2546If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2547@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2548of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2549set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2550defined.
2551
c906108c 2552@item SEEK_CUR
9742079a 2553@itemx SEEK_SET
56caf160 2554Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already
c906108c
SS
2555defined.
2556
2557@item STOP_SIGNAL
56caf160
EZ
2558This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to
2559@code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.)
c906108c 2560
c906108c
SS
2561@item USG
2562Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME:
7ca9f392
AC
2563This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and
2564@file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.)
c906108c
SS
2565
2566@item lint
56caf160 2567Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2568
2569@item volatile
2570Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2571@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2572@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2573
2574
2575@node Target Architecture Definition
2576
2577@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2578
56caf160
EZ
2579@cindex target architecture definition
2580@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2581machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2582with them.
c906108c 2583
af6c57ea
AC
2584The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2585@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2586using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2587
70f80edf
JT
2588@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2589@cindex OS ABI variants
2590
2591@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2592ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2593variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2594components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2595
2596A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2597(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2598OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2599to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2600considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2601overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2602architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2603different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2604OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2605examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2606sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2607
2608@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2609A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2610selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2611for each BFD architecture.
2612
f4b3909f 2613The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2614
2615@table @code
2616
f4b3909f
EZ
2617@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2618@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2619Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2620
70f80edf
JT
2621@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2622@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2623The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2624settings for the architecture will be used.
2625
2626@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2627@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2628UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2629
2630@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2631@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2632GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2633
2634@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2635@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2636Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2637
2638@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2639@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2640OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2641
2642@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2643@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2644GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2645
2646@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2647@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2648FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2649
2650@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2651@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2652FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2653
2654@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2655@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2656NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2657
2658@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2659@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2660NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2661
2662@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2663@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2664OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2665
2666@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2667@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2668Windows CE.
70f80edf 2669
1029b7fa
MK
2670@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2671@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2672DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2673
f4b3909f
EZ
2674@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2675@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2676Irix.
2677
f4b3909f
EZ
2678@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2679@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2680Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2681
f4b3909f
EZ
2682@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2683@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2684HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2685
f4b3909f
EZ
2686@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2687@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2688HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2689
f4b3909f
EZ
2690@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2691@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2692QNX Neutrino.
2693
2694@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2695@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2696Cygwin.
2697
2698@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2699@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2700AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2701
2702@end table
2703
2704Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2705
2706@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2707Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2708@end deftypefun
2709
c133ab7a 2710@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2711Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2712architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2713@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2714machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2715will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2716@end deftypefun
2717
2718@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2719Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2720BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2721If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2722be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2723any architecture.
2724@end deftypefun
2725
2726@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2727Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2728The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2729be determined.
2730@end deftypefun
2731
2732@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2733Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2734@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2735corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2736architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2737with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2738@end deftypefun
2739
f4b3909f
EZ
2740@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2741Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2742@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2743from the note. This function should be called via
2744@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2745@end deftypefun
2746
7a107747
DJ
2747@section Initializing a New Architecture
2748
2749Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
2750via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} constant. The @code{gdbarch} is
2751registered by a call to @code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from
2752the file's @code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will
2753be automatically called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments
2754are a @sc{bfd} architecture constant and an initialization function.
2755
2756The initialization function has this type:
2757
2758@smallexample
2759static struct gdbarch *
2760@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
2761 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
2762@end smallexample
2763
2764The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
2765architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
2766have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
2767value.
2768
2769The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
2770is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
2771search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
2772return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
2773create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
2774
2775Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
2776architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
2777defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
2778However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
2779so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
2780defaults from @var{arches}.
2781
c906108c
SS
2782@section Registers and Memory
2783
56caf160
EZ
2784@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2785@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2786block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2787
56caf160
EZ
2788@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2789compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2790that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2791to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
2792and to reflect that in the @code{REGISTER_NAME} and related macros.
c906108c 2793
25822942 2794@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2795
93e79dbd
JB
2796@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2797@cindex pointer representation
2798@cindex address representation
2799@cindex word-addressed machines
2800@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2801@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2802@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2803@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2804@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2805@cindex D10V addresses
2806
2807On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2808indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2809whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2810machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2811However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2812address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2813identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2814
172c2a43 2815For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2816instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2817actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2818jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2819full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2820If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2821then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2822However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2823low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2824zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2825the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2826refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2827code space.
2828
2829However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
2830forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
2831@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
2832@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
2833
2834(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
2835affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
2836going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
2837
56caf160
EZ
2838To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
2839one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
2840byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
2841of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
2842@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
2843@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
2844@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
2845and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
2846
2847Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
2848processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
2849each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
2850distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
2851clean up some architecture-independent code.
2852
2853Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
2854
2855@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
2856Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
2857@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
2858appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
2859@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
2860@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2861inferior's.
2862
2863For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2864extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
2865@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
2866D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
2867@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
2868
2869If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2870will signal an internal error.
2871@end deftypefun
2872
2873@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2874Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
2875pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
2876@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2877inferior's.
2878
2879For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2880stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
2881appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
2882is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
2883a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
2884
2885If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2886will signal an internal error.
2887@end deftypefun
2888
f23631e4 2889@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
2890Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
2891as appropriate for the current architecture.
2892
2893This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
2894For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
2895described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
2896@end deftypefun
2897
2898@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2899Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
2900the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
2901This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
2902above for @code{store_typed_address}.
2903@end deftypefun
2904
93e79dbd
JB
2905Here are some macros which architectures can define to indicate the
2906relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
2907definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 2908simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd
JB
2909
2910@deftypefn {Target Macro} CORE_ADDR POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2911Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
2912appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
2913address the pointer refers to.
2914
2915This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2916C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2917@end deftypefn
2918
2919@deftypefn {Target Macro} void ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2920Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2921@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2922
2923This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2924C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2925@end deftypefn
2926
b5b0480a
KB
2927@section Address Classes
2928@cindex address classes
2929@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
2930@cindex DW_AT_address_class
2931
2932Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
2933via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
2934define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
2935distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
2936info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
2937address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
2938following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
2939types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
2940a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
2941
2942@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2943Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
2944is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
2945This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
2946@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2947@end deftypefn
2948
2949@deftypefn {Target Macro} char *ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (int @var{type_flags})
2950Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
2951its name.
2952@end deftypefn
2953@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_to_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 2954Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a
KB
2955for that address class qualifier.
2956@end deftypefn
2957
2958Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
2959the address class macros defined by default. Predicate
2960macros are provided to detect when they are defined.
2961
2962Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
296332-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
2964suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
2965uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
2966of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
2967to implement the address class macros:
2968
2969@smallexample
2970somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
2971 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 2972@{
b5b0480a
KB
2973 if (byte_size == 2)
2974 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2975 else
2976 return 0;
f2abfe65 2977@}
b5b0480a
KB
2978
2979static char *
2980somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 2981@{
b5b0480a
KB
2982 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
2983 return "short";
2984 else
2985 return NULL;
f2abfe65 2986@}
b5b0480a
KB
2987
2988int
2989somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
2990 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 2991@{
b5b0480a 2992 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 2993 @{
b5b0480a
KB
2994 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2995 return 1;
f2abfe65 2996 @}
b5b0480a
KB
2997 else
2998 return 0;
f2abfe65 2999@}
b5b0480a
KB
3000@end smallexample
3001
3002The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
3003to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
3004the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
3005short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
3006
3007@smallexample
3008(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3009type = int * @@short
3010@end smallexample
3011
93e79dbd 3012
13d01224
AC
3013@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
3014@cindex raw register representation
3015@cindex virtual register representation
3016@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
3017
3018@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
3019functionality described here has largely been replaced by
3020pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target
3021Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
3022Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
3023Bug Tracking Database} and
3024@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
3025up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 3026
9fb4dd36
JB
3027Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
3028register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 3029In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 3030the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 3031used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 3032
13d01224
AC
3033@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
3034both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
3035register forms.}
3036
9fb4dd36
JB
3037For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
3038raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3039However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
3040
3041@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 3042@item
56caf160 3043The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
3044we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
3045floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
3046are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
3047allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
3048type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
3049arrangement is the virtual representation.
3050
3051@item
25822942
DB
3052Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
3053registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
3054bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
3055raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
3056virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
3057@end itemize
3058
3059In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
3060@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
3061can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
3062@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
3063@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 3064
56caf160
EZ
3065Your architecture may define the following macros to request
3066conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
3067
3068@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
3069Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
3070and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
3071
3072You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
3073unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
3074@end deftypefn
3075
12c266ea 3076@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36 3077The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number
25822942 3078of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3079remote protocol packet.
3080@end deftypefn
3081
f30992d4 3082@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3083The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format.
3084This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that
3085register's value.
3086@end deftypefn
3087
2e092625 3088@deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3089This is the type of the virtual representation of register number
3090@var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the
25822942 3091register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3092always uses the virtual form.
3093@end deftypefn
3094
3095@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3096Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3097should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3098at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3099convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3100
6f6ef15a
EZ
3101Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
3102@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3103arguments in different orders.
3104
3105You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
3106for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
3107value.
9fb4dd36
JB
3108@end deftypefn
3109
3110@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3111Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3112should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3113at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3114convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3115
3116Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
3117their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3118@end deftypefn
3119
3120
13d01224
AC
3121@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
3122@cindex register representation
3123@cindex memory representation
3124@cindex representations, register and memory
3125@cindex register data formats, converting
3126@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3127
3128@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
d3e8051b 3129significant change. Many of the macros and functions referred to in this
13d01224
AC
3130section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
3131@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
3132@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
3133further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
3134
3135Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
3136form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
3137For example:
3138
3139@itemize @bullet
3140
3141@item
3142The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3143floating-point registers.
3144
3145@item
3146The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
3147@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
3148when stored in a register.
3149
3150@end itemize
3151
3152In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3153the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3154the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3155Interface.
3156
3157For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3158representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3159However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
3160following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
3161representations of a data type:
3162
3163@deftypefn {Target Macro} int CONVERT_REGISTER_P (int @var{reg})
3164Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
3165register may be different to the representation of that same data value
3166when stored in memory.
3167
3168When non-zero, the macros @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and
3169@code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
3170@end deftypefn
3171
3172@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_TO_VALUE (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3173Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
3174@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
3175format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
3176
3177Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
3178their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3179
3180You should only use @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} with registers for which
3181the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
3182@end deftypefn
3183
3184@deftypefn {Target Macro} void VALUE_TO_REGISTER (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3185Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3186raw format.
3187
3188Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
3189their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3190
3191You should only use @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} with registers for which
3192the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
3193@end deftypefn
3194
3195@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
3196See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want.
3197@end deftypefn
3198
3199
c906108c
SS
3200@section Frame Interpretation
3201
3202@section Inferior Call Setup
3203
3204@section Compiler Characteristics
3205
3206@section Target Conditionals
3207
3208This section describes the macros that you can use to define the target
3209machine.
3210
3211@table @code
3212
c906108c 3213@item ADDR_BITS_REMOVE (addr)
56caf160 3214@findex ADDR_BITS_REMOVE
adf40b2e
JM
3215If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
3216really part of the address, then define this macro to expand into an
56caf160 3217expression that zeroes those bits in @var{addr}. This is only used for
adf40b2e
JM
3218addresses of instructions, and even then not in all contexts.
3219
3220For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
32212.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
3222instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
3223boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
3224address of the instruction. ADDR_BITS_REMOVE should filter out these
3225bits with an expression such as @code{((addr) & ~3)}.
c906108c 3226
b5b0480a
KB
3227@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
3228@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS
3229If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
3230referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
3231and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
3232return 0.
3233
3234The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
3235@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
3236possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
3237@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3238
3239@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
3240@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P
3241Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS}
3242has been defined.
3243
3244@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3245@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3246Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
3247the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
3248used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
3249returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
3250@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
3251values or'd together.
3252@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3253
3254@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
3255@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P
3256Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS} has
3257been defined.
3258
3259@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (@var{type_flags})
3260@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME
3261Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
3262flags given by @var{type_flags}.
3263
3264@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P ()
3265@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P
3266Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME} has
3267been defined.
3268@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3269
93e79dbd 3270@item ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (@var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
56caf160 3271@findex ADDRESS_TO_POINTER
93e79dbd
JB
3272Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3273@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3274This macro may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3275C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
3276@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3277
c906108c 3278@item BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
56caf160
EZ
3279@findex BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
3280Define if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
3281parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
3282original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 3283
c906108c 3284@item BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
56caf160
EZ
3285@findex BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
3286Define this if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match the
c906108c 3287endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 3288are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c
SS
3289
3290@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3291@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3292This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
3293memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
3294instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
3295pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
3296longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
3297
56caf160
EZ
3298@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
3299@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 3300
c906108c 3301@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
3302@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3303@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3304@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3305Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
3306
56caf160
EZ
3307@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
3308favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 3309
56caf160
EZ
3310@item BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC (@var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
3311@findex BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC
2dd0da42
AC
3312@anchor{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} Use the program counter to determine the
3313contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
3314a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
3315length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
3316counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
3317breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
3318
3319Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
3320not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
3321instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
3322instruction of the architecture.
3323
7a292a7a
SS
3324Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
3325
8181d85f
DJ
3326@item MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT (@var{bp_tgt})
3327@itemx MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT (@var{bp_tgt})
56caf160
EZ
3328@findex MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
3329@findex MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT
917317f4
JM
3330Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
3331(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
3332@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
3333provided so that it is not necessary to define these for most
3334architectures. Architectures which may want to define
56caf160 3335@code{MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT} and @code{MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT} will
917317f4
JM
3336likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
3337conventional manner.
3338
3339It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
3340custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
56caf160 3341@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
3342reason.
3343
1485d690
KB
3344@item ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS (@var{address})
3345@findex ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS
3346@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3347Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3348address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3349breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3350
3351The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3352The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3353instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3354instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3355one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3356in parallel.
3357
3358In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3359from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3360information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3361refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3362if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3363statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3364instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3365(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3366in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3367at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3368
3369The FR-V's @code{ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS} method will adjust a
3370breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3371the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3372
3373Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3374expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3375is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3376
c906108c 3377@item CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
56caf160
EZ
3378@findex CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
3379See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3380
7043d8dc
AC
3381This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code}
3382(@pxref{push_dummy_code}).
3383
56caf160
EZ
3384@item CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3385@findex CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3386A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
3387from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3388@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3389
56caf160
EZ
3390@item CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3391@findex CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3392A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
3393written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
56caf160
EZ
3394status words, and other special registers. If this is not defined,
3395@value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 3396
13d01224
AC
3397@item int CONVERT_REGISTER_P(@var{regnum})
3398@findex CONVERT_REGISTER_P
3399Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} can represent data values in a
3400non-standard form.
3401@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3402
c906108c 3403@item DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
56caf160 3404@findex DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3405Define this to be the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
3406program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3407@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3408
56caf160
EZ
3409@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3410@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3411If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3412library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3413
5e74b15c 3414@item PRINT_FLOAT_INFO()
0ab7a791 3415@findex PRINT_FLOAT_INFO
5e74b15c
RE
3416If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3417the processor's floating point unit.
3418
0ab7a791
AC
3419@item print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3420@findex print_registers_info
3421If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3422specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3423either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3424registers (@var{all} is zero).
3425
3426The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3427zero omits floating-point registers.
3428
e76f1f2e
AC
3429@item PRINT_VECTOR_INFO()
3430@findex PRINT_VECTOR_INFO
3431If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3432to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3433
3434By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3435registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3436
0dcedd82 3437@item DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3438@findex DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3439Convert DWARF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3440no conversion will be performed.
3441
3442@item DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3443@findex DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3444Convert DWARF2 register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not
3445defined, no conversion will be performed.
3446
3447@item ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3448@findex ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3449Convert ECOFF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3450no conversion will be performed.
3451
c906108c 3452@item END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3453@findex END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
3454This is an expression that should designate the end of the text section.
3455@c (? FIXME ?)
c906108c 3456
56caf160
EZ
3457@item EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE(@var{type}, @var{regbuf}, @var{valbuf})
3458@findex EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE
c906108c
SS
3459Define this to extract a function's return value of type @var{type} from
3460the raw register state @var{regbuf} and copy that, in virtual format,
3461into @var{valbuf}.
3462
92ad9cd9
AC
3463This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3464(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3465
74055713
AC
3466@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS(@var{regbuf})
3467@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS
3468@anchor{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}
83aa8bc6
AC
3469When defined, extract from the array @var{regbuf} (containing the raw
3470register state) the @code{CORE_ADDR} at which a function should return
3471its structure value.
ac9a91a7 3472
92ad9cd9 3473@xref{gdbarch_return_value}.
83aa8bc6 3474
74055713
AC
3475@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P()
3476@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P
3477Predicate for @code{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}.
c906108c 3478
0ba6dca9
AC
3479@item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
3480@findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
cce74817
JM
3481If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this
3482macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3483
0ba6dca9
AC
3484This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP}
3485is not defined.
c906108c 3486
19772a2c
AC
3487@item DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi})
3488@findex DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION
392a587b
JM
3489Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation
3490represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it.
3491Otherwise return 0.
c906108c 3492
790eb8f5
AC
3493@item frame_align (@var{address})
3494@anchor{frame_align}
3495@findex frame_align
3496Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3497requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3498alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
f27dd7fd 3499stack alignment requirements (@pxref{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}).
790eb8f5
AC
3500
3501This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3502the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3503value are correctly aligned.
3504
f27dd7fd
AC
3505Unlike @code{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}, this function always adjusts the
3506address in the direction of stack growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3507
3508By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3509
8b148df9
AC
3510@item int frame_red_zone_size
3511
3512The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3513@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3514allocating extra stack space).
3515
3516When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3517modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
3518@var{frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
3519stack.
3520
3521By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3522(@pxref{frame_align}).
3523
3524The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3525@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3526@cindex red zone
3527
618ce49f
AC
3528@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame})
3529@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN
c906108c
SS
3530Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame.
3531
618ce49f
AC
3532@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe})
3533@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID
95f90d25
DJ
3534Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an
3535outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal
3536situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL}
3537chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the
3538startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside
3539@code{_start}.
c906108c 3540
f30ee0bc
AC
3541@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame})
3542@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS
c906108c
SS
3543See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the
3544current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for
3545@code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by
f30ee0bc
AC
3546@code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using
3547@code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}.
c906108c 3548
fb8f8949 3549@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3550
56caf160
EZ
3551@item FRAME_NUM_ARGS (@var{fi})
3552@findex FRAME_NUM_ARGS
392a587b
JM
3553For the frame described by @var{fi} return the number of arguments that
3554are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3555@code{-1}.
c906108c 3556
8bedc050
AC
3557@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame})
3558@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC
3559@anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc
3560saved there. This is the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3561
3562This method is deprecated. @xref{unwind_pc}.
3563
3564@item CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3565@findex unwind_pc
3566@anchor{unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in @var{this_frame}'s
3567caller, at which execution will resume after @var{this_frame} returns.
d3e8051b 3568This is commonly referred to as the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3569
3570The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3571is typically no more than:
3572
3573@smallexample
3574ULONGEST pc;
3575frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_PC_REGNUM, &pc);
3576return d10v_make_iaddr (pc);
3577@end smallexample
3578
3579@noindent
8bedc050 3580@xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces.
c906108c 3581
a9e5fdc2
AC
3582@item CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3583@findex unwind_sp
3584@anchor{unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
d3e8051b 3585commonly referred to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
a9e5fdc2
AC
3586
3587The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3588is typically no more than:
3589
3590@smallexample
3591ULONGEST sp;
3592frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_SP_REGNUM, &sp);
3593return d10v_make_daddr (sp);
3594@end smallexample
3595
3596@noindent
3597@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3598
c906108c 3599@item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
56caf160 3600@findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
c906108c
SS
3601For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the
3602function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define
3603@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a
3604function's epilogue.
3605
782263ab
AC
3606@item DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
3607@findex DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
f7cb2b90
JB
3608An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as
3609used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the
3610function's first genuine instruction.
3611
3612This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually
782263ab
AC
3613the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for
3614example, each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask
3615indicating which registers to save upon entry to the function. The
3616VAX @code{call} instructions check this value, and save the
3617appropriate registers automatically. Thus, since the offset from the
3618function's address to its first instruction is two bytes,
3619@code{DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would be 2 on the VAX.
f7cb2b90 3620
c906108c 3621@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3622@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3623@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3624@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3625If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3626look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3627are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3628respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3629
25822942 3630@item @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
56caf160 3631@findex @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
937f164b 3632If defined and non-zero, enables support for multiple architectures
25822942 3633within @value{GDBN}.
0f71a2f6 3634
56caf160 3635This support can be enabled at two levels. At level one, only
0f71a2f6 3636definitions for previously undefined macros are provided; at level two,
937f164b 3637a multi-arch definition of all architecture dependent macros will be
0f71a2f6
JM
3638defined.
3639
25822942 3640@item @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
56caf160
EZ
3641@findex @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
3642This determines whether horrible kludge code in @file{dbxread.c} and
3643@file{partial-stab.h} is used to mangle multiple-symbol-table files from
3644HPPA's. This should all be ripped out, and a scheme like @file{elfread.c}
3645used instead.
c906108c 3646
c906108c 3647@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 3648@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
3649For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
3650DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
937f164b 3651the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 3652
56caf160
EZ
3653This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
3654assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a
3655@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
3656pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
3657
ac2adee5
AC
3658@item DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
3659@findex DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
c906108c 3660Define this if you need to supply your own definition for the function
ac2adee5 3661@code{DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER}.
c906108c 3662
268e2188
AC
3663@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3664@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3665Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3666conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
56caf160 3667feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3668repenting at leisure.
3669
9742079a
EZ
3670@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3671An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3672support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3673
2df3850c 3674@item SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
56caf160 3675@findex SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
2df3850c 3676Some systems have routines whose names start with @samp{$}. Giving this
25822942 3677macro a non-zero value tells @value{GDBN}'s expression parser to check for such
2df3850c
JM
3678routines when parsing tokens that begin with @samp{$}.
3679
3680On HP-UX, certain system routines (millicode) have names beginning with
3681@samp{$} or @samp{$$}. For example, @code{$$dyncall} is a millicode
3682routine that handles inter-space procedure calls on PA-RISC.
3683
e9582e71
AC
3684@item DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO (@var{fromleaf}, @var{frame})
3685@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO
c906108c
SS
3686If additional information about the frame is required this should be
3687stored in @code{frame->extra_info}. Space for @code{frame->extra_info}
372613e3 3688is allocated using @code{frame_extra_info_zalloc}.
c906108c 3689
a5afb99f
AC
3690@item DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC (@var{fromleaf}, @var{prev})
3691@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC
c906108c
SS
3692This is a C statement that sets the pc of the frame pointed to by
3693@var{prev}. [By default...]
3694
56caf160
EZ
3695@item INNER_THAN (@var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3696@findex INNER_THAN
c906108c
SS
3697Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
3698stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Define this as @code{lhs < rhs} if
3699the target's stack grows downward in memory, or @code{lhs > rsh} if the
3700stack grows upward.
3701
9e5abb06
CV
3702@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc})
3703@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
3704Returns non-zero if the given @var{pc} is in the epilogue of a function.
3705The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3706the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3707final `return from function call' instruction.
3708
aa2a3f87
AC
3709@item DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START (@var{pc})
3710@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START
3711@itemx DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END (@var{pc})
3712@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END
56caf160 3713Define these to be the start and end address of the @code{sigtramp} for the
c906108c
SS
3714given @var{pc}. On machines where the address is just a compile time
3715constant, the macro expansion will typically just ignore the supplied
3716@var{pc}.
3717
56caf160
EZ
3718@item IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3719@findex IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3720Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3721trampoline that connects to a shared library.
3722
56caf160
EZ
3723@item IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3724@findex IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3725Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3726trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3727
56caf160
EZ
3728@item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc})
3729@findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE
d4f3574e
SS
3730Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3731dynamic linker.
3732
56caf160
EZ
3733@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3734@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3735Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3736should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3737function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3738to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3739stepping will suffice.
3740
fc0c74b1
AC
3741@item INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
3742@findex INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS
3743@cindex converting integers to addresses
3744Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3745conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3746the current architectures conventions.
3747
3748@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3749their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3750@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3751computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3752major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3753other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3754conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3755out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3756to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3757disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
3758method like @code{INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS} certainly makes it possible for
3759@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3760
3761@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3762Addresses}.
3763
c906108c 3764@item NO_HIF_SUPPORT
56caf160 3765@findex NO_HIF_SUPPORT
c906108c
SS
3766(Specific to the a29k.)
3767
93e79dbd 3768@item POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
56caf160 3769@findex POINTER_TO_ADDRESS
93e79dbd
JB
3770Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3771appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3772address the pointer refers to.
3773@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3774
9fb4dd36 3775@item REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3776@findex REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE
9fb4dd36 3777Return non-zero if @var{reg} uses different raw and virtual formats.
13d01224
AC
3778@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3779
3780@item REGISTER_TO_VALUE(@var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3781@findex REGISTER_TO_VALUE
3782Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3783@var{type}.
4281a42e 3784@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3785
12c266ea
AC
3786@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (@var{reg})
3787@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3788Return the raw size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the register's
3789virtual type.
13d01224 3790@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3791
617073a9
AC
3792@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3793@findex register_reggroup_p
3794@cindex register groups
3795Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3796group @var{reggroup}.
3797
3798By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3799
3800@table @code
3801@item float_reggroup
3802Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3803@item vector_reggroup
3804Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3805@item general_reggroup
3806Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3807floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3808@item save_reggroup
3809@itemx restore_reggroup
3810@itemx all_reggroup
3811Any register with a valid name.
3812@end table
3813
f30992d4
AC
3814@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg})
3815@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3816Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the
3817register's virtual type.
13d01224
AC
3818Return the virtual size of @var{reg}.
3819@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3820
2e092625 3821@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3822@findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE
9fb4dd36 3823Return the virtual type of @var{reg}.
13d01224 3824@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3825
77e7e267
AC
3826@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3827@findex register_type
3828If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function
d3e8051b 3829supersedes @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture
77e7e267
AC
3830Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3831
9fb4dd36 3832@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3833@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3834Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3835form.
13d01224 3836@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3837
3838@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3839@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3840Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3841form.
13d01224 3842@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3843
0ab4b752
MK
3844@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3845@findex regset_from_core_section
3846Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3847@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3848
b0ed3589 3849@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3850@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3851Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3852mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3853
d3e8051b 3854@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
3855@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3856A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 3857@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3858the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3859for examples.
3860
da59e081 3861@item SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
56caf160 3862@findex SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
da59e081
JM
3863Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3864debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3865them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3866address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3867linking faster.
3868
3869@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} indicates that a particular set of
3870hacks of this sort are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN}
3871entries in stabs-format debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark
3872the beginning and ending addresses of compilation units in the text
3873segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs mark the starts and ends of functions.
3874
3875@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} means two things:
da59e081 3876
56caf160 3877@itemize @bullet
da59e081
JM
3878@item
3879@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead, you should find the
3880addresses where the function starts by taking the function name from
56caf160
EZ
3881the stab, and then looking that up in the minsyms (the
3882linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab has the
3883name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place that carries
da59e081
JM
3884the address.
3885
3886@item
3887@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3888@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab,
3889and guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from
3890them.
da59e081
JM
3891@end itemize
3892
c906108c 3893@item PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
56caf160 3894@findex PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
c906108c
SS
3895If defined, print information about the load segment for the program
3896counter. (Defined only for the RS/6000.)
3897
3898@item PC_REGNUM
56caf160 3899@findex PC_REGNUM
c906108c 3900If the program counter is kept in a register, then define this macro to
cce74817
JM
3901be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3902
3903This should only need to be defined if @code{TARGET_READ_PC} and
3904@code{TARGET_WRITE_PC} are not defined.
c906108c 3905
2df3850c 3906@item PARM_BOUNDARY
56caf160 3907@findex PARM_BOUNDARY
2df3850c
JM
3908If non-zero, round arguments to a boundary of this many bits before
3909pushing them on the stack.
3910
a38c9fe6
MK
3911@item stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3912@findex stabs_argument_has_addr
3913@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
3914@anchor{stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this to return nonzero if a
3915function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference instead of
3916value.
3917
ee206350
AG
3918This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}
3919(@pxref{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}).
a38c9fe6 3920
c906108c 3921@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3922@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3923A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3924
3925@item PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
56caf160 3926@findex PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
c906108c
SS
3927(Only used in unsupported Convex configuration.)
3928
3929@item PS_REGNUM
56caf160 3930@findex PS_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
3931If defined, this is the number of the processor status register. (This
3932definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
3933
749b82f6
AC
3934@item DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3935@findex DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3936@findex frame_pop
3937If defined, used by @code{frame_pop} to remove a stack frame. This
d3e8051b 3938method has been superseded by generic code.
c906108c 3939
d4b6d575 3940@item push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{pc_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
b81774d8
AC
3941@findex push_dummy_call
3942@findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS.
39fe6e80
AC
3943@anchor{push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
3944the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing
3945@var{nargs}, the code should push @var{struct_addr} (when
3946@var{struct_return}), and the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 3947
86fe4aaa 3948@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
3949function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
3950
b24da7d0 3951Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8
AC
3952
3953This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}.
3954
7043d8dc
AC
3955@item CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr})
3956@findex push_dummy_code
7043d8dc
AC
3957@anchor{push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
3958instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
3959called function should return.
3960
3961Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
3962should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
3963the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
3964
3965By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
3966(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
3967reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
3968
434b87dd 3969This method replaces @code{CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION},
28954179 3970@code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE}.
7043d8dc 3971
56caf160
EZ
3972@item REGISTER_NAME(@var{i})
3973@findex REGISTER_NAME
3974Return the name of register @var{i} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
3975or @code{NUL} to indicate that register @var{i} is not valid.
c906108c 3976
8e823e25
MK
3977@item DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3978@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
a38c9fe6
MK
3979@anchor{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}Define this to return 1 if the
3980given type will be passed by pointer rather than directly.
3981
3982This method has been replaced by @code{stabs_argument_has_addr}
3983(@pxref{stabs_argument_has_addr}).
c906108c 3984
b24da7d0
AC
3985@item SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS (@var{sp})
3986@findex SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS
3987@anchor{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS} Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to
3988notify the target dependent code of the top-of-stack value that will be
d3e8051b 3989passed to the inferior code. This is the value of the @code{SP}
b24da7d0
AC
3990after both the dummy frame and space for parameters/results have been
3991allocated on the stack. @xref{unwind_dummy_id}.
43ff13b4 3992
c906108c 3993@item SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3994@findex SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
25822942 3995Define this to convert sdb register numbers into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not
c906108c
SS
3996defined, no conversion will be done.
3997
963e2bb7 3998@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
3999@findex gdbarch_return_value
4000@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
4001type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
4002would use.
4003
4004@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
4005@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
4006in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
4007value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
4008passed in as the function's first parameter.
4009
963e2bb7
AC
4010If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
4011non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
4012@var{regcache}.
4013
963e2bb7 4014If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 4015non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 4016@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
4017just returned function).
4018
74055713 4019@xref{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}, for a description of how
92ad9cd9
AC
4020return-values that use the struct convention are handled.
4021
4022@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
4023store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
4024the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
4025@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
4026instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
4027return-value extract and store.}
4028
4029@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
4030parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
4031that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
4032then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 4033@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
4034
4035@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
4036to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
4037@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
4038limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
4039
c2c6d25f 4040@item SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
56caf160 4041@findex SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
25822942 4042Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
4043steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
4044re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4045hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
56caf160 4046doesn't work. Calling @code{SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT} adjusts the processor's
c2c6d25f
JM
4047state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint. This
4048macro does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
4049of a branch or jump.
4050
56caf160
EZ
4051@item SKIP_PROLOGUE (@var{pc})
4052@findex SKIP_PROLOGUE
b83266a0
SS
4053A C expression that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
4054function entry prologue found at @var{pc}.
c906108c 4055
56caf160
EZ
4056@item SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE (@var{pc})
4057@findex SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE
c906108c
SS
4058If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4059the functions being called, then define this macro to return a new PC
4060that is at the start of the real function.
4061
4062@item SP_REGNUM
56caf160 4063@findex SP_REGNUM
cce74817 4064If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then define this macro to be
6c0e89ed
AC
4065the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
4066there is no such register.
c906108c
SS
4067
4068@item STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 4069@findex STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
c906108c 4070Define this to convert stab register numbers (as gotten from `r'
25822942 4071declarations) into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not defined, no conversion will be
c906108c
SS
4072done.
4073
f27dd7fd
AC
4074@item DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN (@var{addr})
4075@anchor{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}
4076@findex DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN
790eb8f5
AC
4077Define this to increase @var{addr} so that it meets the alignment
4078requirements for the processor's stack.
4079
4080Unlike @ref{frame_align}, this function always adjusts @var{addr}
4081upwards.
4082
4083By default, no stack alignment is performed.
c906108c 4084
56caf160
EZ
4085@item STEP_SKIPS_DELAY (@var{addr})
4086@findex STEP_SKIPS_DELAY
c906108c
SS
4087Define this to return true if the address is of an instruction with a
4088delay slot. If a breakpoint has been placed in the instruction's delay
25822942 4089slot, @value{GDBN} will single-step over that instruction before resuming
c906108c
SS
4090normally. Currently only defined for the Mips.
4091
ebba8386 4092@item STORE_RETURN_VALUE (@var{type}, @var{regcache}, @var{valbuf})
56caf160 4093@findex STORE_RETURN_VALUE
ebba8386
AC
4094A C expression that writes the function return value, found in
4095@var{valbuf}, into the @var{regcache}. @var{type} is the type of the
4096value that is to be returned.
c906108c 4097
92ad9cd9
AC
4098This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
4099(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
4100
c906108c 4101@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4102@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4103The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4104current sources.)
4105
c906108c 4106@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4107@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4108Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4109
c3d3ce5b
JB
4110@item TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
4111@findex TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
4112Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4113it should be unsigned.
4114
4115The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4116equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4117character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4118Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4119on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4120
c906108c 4121@item TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 4122@findex TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
4123Number of bits in a complex number; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_FLOAT_BIT}.
4124
ac9a91a7
JM
4125At present this macro is not used.
4126
c906108c 4127@item TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 4128@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
4129Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4130
4131@item TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 4132@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
4133Number of bits in a double complex; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
4134
ac9a91a7
JM
4135At present this macro is not used.
4136
c906108c 4137@item TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
56caf160 4138@findex TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4139Number of bits in a float; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4140
4141@item TARGET_INT_BIT
56caf160 4142@findex TARGET_INT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4143Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4144
4145@item TARGET_LONG_BIT
56caf160 4146@findex TARGET_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
4147Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4148
4149@item TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 4150@findex TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
4151Number of bits in a long double float;
4152defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
4153
4154@item TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
56caf160 4155@findex TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
4156Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_LONG_BIT}.
4157
4158@item TARGET_PTR_BIT
56caf160 4159@findex TARGET_PTR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4160Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to @code{TARGET_INT_BIT}.
4161
4162@item TARGET_SHORT_BIT
56caf160 4163@findex TARGET_SHORT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4164Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4165
4166@item TARGET_READ_PC
56caf160
EZ
4167@findex TARGET_READ_PC
4168@itemx TARGET_WRITE_PC (@var{val}, @var{pid})
4169@findex TARGET_WRITE_PC
0717ae8a 4170@anchor{TARGET_WRITE_PC}
56caf160
EZ
4171@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
4172@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
4173@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
4174@findex TARGET_READ_FP
56caf160
EZ
4175@findex read_pc
4176@findex write_pc
4177@findex read_sp
56caf160 4178@findex read_fp
a9e5fdc2 4179@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{read_pc},
8d2c00cb 4180@code{write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be
9c8dbfa9
AC
4181left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register
4182functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c
SS
4183
4184These macros are useful when a target keeps one of these registers in a
4185hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register and part
4186in an ordinary register.
4187
a9e5fdc2
AC
4188@xref{unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
4189
56caf160
EZ
4190@item TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER(@var{pc}, @var{regp}, @var{offsetp})
4191@findex TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER
0ba6dca9
AC
4192Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame
4193pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers
4194are not used, a default definition simply returns
4195@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero.
c906108c 4196
9742079a
EZ
4197@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4198If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4199watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4200other related macros.
4201
7ccaa899
EZ
4202@item TARGET_PRINT_INSN (@var{addr}, @var{info})
4203@findex TARGET_PRINT_INSN
4204This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4205instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{addr} in
4206debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If
4207a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an
d7a27068
AC
4208accessor function for the global pointer
4209@code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in
4210the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}).
4211@var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in
4212@file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction
4213decoding routine.
7ccaa899 4214
6314f104
AC
4215@item struct frame_id unwind_dummy_id (struct frame_info *@var{frame})
4216@findex unwind_dummy_id
4217@anchor{unwind_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @code{struct
4218frame_id} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0
AC
4219frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
4220previously saved using @code{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
4221@xref{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
6314f104 4222
b5622e8d
AC
4223@item DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
4224@findex DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION
c906108c
SS
4225If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the
4226given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space
4227allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function
4228being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful
4229for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than
4230other compilers.
4231
92ad9cd9
AC
4232This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
4233(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
4234
13d01224
AC
4235@item VALUE_TO_REGISTER(@var{type}, @var{regnum}, @var{from}, @var{to})
4236@findex VALUE_TO_REGISTER
4237Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of register
4238@var{regnum}'s.
4239@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4240
56caf160
EZ
4241@item VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
4242@findex VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c
SS
4243For dbx-style debugging information, if the compiler puts variable
4244declarations inside LBRAC/RBRAC blocks, this should be defined to be
4245nonzero. @var{desc} is the value of @code{n_desc} from the
25822942 4246@code{N_RBRAC} symbol, and @var{gcc_p} is true if @value{GDBN} has noticed the
c906108c
SS
4247presence of either the @code{GCC_COMPILED_SYMBOL} or the
4248@code{GCC2_COMPILED_SYMBOL}. By default, this is 0.
4249
56caf160
EZ
4250@item OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
4251@findex OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c 4252Similarly, for OS/9000. Defaults to 1.
c906108c
SS
4253@end table
4254
4255Motorola M68K target conditionals.
4256
56caf160 4257@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
4258@item BPT_VECTOR
4259Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
4260not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
4261
4262@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
4263Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1
JB
4264
4265@item NAME_OF_MALLOC
4266@findex NAME_OF_MALLOC
4267A string containing the name of the function to call in order to
4268allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc".
4269
56caf160 4270@end ftable
c906108c
SS
4271
4272@section Adding a New Target
4273
56caf160 4274@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 4275The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
4276
4277@table @file
56caf160 4278@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
4279@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
4280Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
4281object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
104c1213
JM
4282@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies
4283the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE=
4284tm-@var{ttt}.h}.
4285
4286You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS},
4287but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in
25822942 4288future versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4289
c906108c
SS
4290@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
4291Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
4292some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in
4293@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented
4294as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the
4295function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand
4296and debug.
4297
af6c57ea
AC
4298@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
4299@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
4300This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
4301processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
4302@file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use
4303the same processor.
4304
4305@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h
4306(@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains
4307macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame
4308format and instructions.
4309
4310New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4311
c906108c
SS
4312@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h
4313This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
56caf160 4314processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
c906108c
SS
4315@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the
4316same processor.
4317
af6c57ea
AC
4318New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4319
c906108c
SS
4320@end table
4321
4322If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a
4323@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system
4324facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint
56caf160 4325instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h}
c906108c
SS
4326that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and
4327@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}.
4328
4329
3352e23e
AC
4330@section Converting an existing Target Architecture to Multi-arch
4331@cindex converting targets to multi-arch
4332
4333This section describes the current accepted best practice for converting
4334an existing target architecture to the multi-arch framework.
4335
4336The process consists of generating, testing, posting and committing a
4337sequence of patches. Each patch must contain a single change, for
4338instance:
4339
4340@itemize @bullet
4341
4342@item
4343Directly convert a group of functions into macros (the conversion does
4344not change the behavior of any of the functions).
4345
4346@item
4347Replace a non-multi-arch with a multi-arch mechanism (e.g.,
4348@code{FRAME_INFO}).
4349
4350@item
4351Enable multi-arch level one.
4352
4353@item
4354Delete one or more files.
4355
4356@end itemize
4357
4358@noindent
4359There isn't a size limit on a patch, however, a developer is strongly
4360encouraged to keep the patch size down.
4361
4362Since each patch is well defined, and since each change has been tested
4363and shows no regressions, the patches are considered @emph{fairly}
4364obvious. Such patches, when submitted by developers listed in the
4365@file{MAINTAINERS} file, do not need approval. Occasional steps in the
4366process may be more complicated and less clear. The developer is
4367expected to use their judgment and is encouraged to seek advice as
4368needed.
4369
4370@subsection Preparation
4371
4372The first step is to establish control. Build (with @option{-Werror}
4373enabled) and test the target so that there is a baseline against which
4374the debugger can be compared.
4375
4376At no stage can the test results regress or @value{GDBN} stop compiling
4377with @option{-Werror}.
4378
4379@subsection Add the multi-arch initialization code
4380
4381The objective of this step is to establish the basic multi-arch
4382framework. It involves
4383
4384@itemize @bullet
4385
4386@item
4387The addition of a @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} function@footnote{The
4388above is from the original example and uses K&R C. @value{GDBN}
4389has since converted to ISO C but lets ignore that.} that creates
4390the architecture:
4391@smallexample
4392static struct gdbarch *
4393d10v_gdbarch_init (info, arches)
4394 struct gdbarch_info info;
4395 struct gdbarch_list *arches;
4396@{
4397 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4398 /* there is only one d10v architecture */
4399 if (arches != NULL)
4400 return arches->gdbarch;
4401 gdbarch = gdbarch_alloc (&info, NULL);
4402 return gdbarch;
4403@}
4404@end smallexample
4405@noindent
4406@emph{}
4407
4408@item
4409A per-architecture dump function to print any architecture specific
4410information:
4411@smallexample
4412static void
4413mips_dump_tdep (struct gdbarch *current_gdbarch,
4414 struct ui_file *file)
4415@{
4416 @dots{} code to print architecture specific info @dots{}
4417@}
4418@end smallexample
4419
4420@item
4421A change to @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} to register this new
4422architecture:
4423@smallexample
4424void
4425_initialize_mips_tdep (void)
4426@{
4427 gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_mips, mips_gdbarch_init,
4428 mips_dump_tdep);
4429@end smallexample
4430
4431@item
4432Add the macro @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH}, defined as 0 (zero), to the file@*
4433@file{config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}.
4434
4435@end itemize
4436
4437@subsection Update multi-arch incompatible mechanisms
4438
4439Some mechanisms do not work with multi-arch. They include:
4440
4441@table @code
3352e23e 4442@item FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS
f30ee0bc 4443Replaced with @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS}
3352e23e
AC
4444@end table
4445
4446@noindent
4447At this stage you could also consider converting the macros into
4448functions.
4449
4450@subsection Prepare for multi-arch level to one
4451
4452Temporally set @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL}
4453and then build and start @value{GDBN} (the change should not be
4454committed). @value{GDBN} may not build, and once built, it may die with
4455an internal error listing the architecture methods that must be
4456provided.
4457
4458Fix any build problems (patch(es)).
4459
4460Convert all the architecture methods listed, which are only macros, into
4461functions (patch(es)).
4462
4463Update @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} to set all the missing
4464architecture methods and wrap the corresponding macros in @code{#if
4465!GDB_MULTI_ARCH} (patch(es)).
4466
4467@subsection Set multi-arch level one
4468
4469Change the value of @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL (a
4470single patch).
4471
4472Any problems with throwing ``the switch'' should have been fixed
4473already.
4474
4475@subsection Convert remaining macros
4476
4477Suggest converting macros into functions (and setting the corresponding
4478architecture method) in small batches.
4479
4480@subsection Set multi-arch level to two
4481
4482This should go smoothly.
4483
4484@subsection Delete the TM file
4485
4486The @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} can be deleted. @file{@var{arch}.mt} and
4487@file{configure.in} updated.
4488
4489
123dc839
DJ
4490@node Target Descriptions
4491@chapter Target Descriptions
4492@cindex target descriptions
4493
4494The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
4495contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
4496some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
4497instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
4498@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
4499more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
4500directly.
4501
4502For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
4503target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
4504Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
4505topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
4506
4507@menu
4508* Target Descriptions Implementation::
4509* Adding Target Described Register Support::
4510@end menu
4511
4512@node Target Descriptions Implementation
4513@section Target Descriptions Implementation
4514@cindex target descriptions, implementation
4515
4516Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
4517an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
4518reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
4519new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
4520
4521A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
4522@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
4523@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
4524the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
452564-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
4526
4527If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
4528incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
4529@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
4530architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
4531new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
4532a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
4533of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
4534properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
4535see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
4536
4537@node Adding Target Described Register Support
4538@section Adding Target Described Register Support
4539@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
4540
4541Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
4542instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
4543specific routines to support this.
4544
4545A target description must either have no registers or a complete
4546set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
4547with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
4548responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
4549everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
4550mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
4551standard registers.
4552
4553If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
4554registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
4555
4556@itemize @bullet
4557
4558@item
4559Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
4560searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
4561
4562@item
4563Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
4564
4565@item
4566Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
4567to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
4568
4569@item
4570Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
4571feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
4572the description was incomplete.
4573
4574@item
4575Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
4576is called.
4577
4578@item
4579Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
4580fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
4581
4582@item
4583Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
4584returning it.
4585
4586@end itemize
4587
4588After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
4589@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
4590routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
4591the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
4592for any additional registers in the description.
4593
4594Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
4595
4596@itemize @bullet
4597
4598@item
4599Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
4600constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
4601as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
4602pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
4603which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
4604can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
4605@code{num_regs} instead.
4606
4607@item
4608The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
4609architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
4610@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
4611@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
4612describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
4613internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
4614gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
4615
4616@end itemize
4617
4618
c906108c
SS
4619@node Target Vector Definition
4620
4621@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4622@cindex target vector
c906108c 4623
56caf160
EZ
4624The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4625abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4626actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4627@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4628each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 4629
52bb452f
DJ
4630@menu
4631* Managing Execution State::
4632* Existing Targets::
4633@end menu
4634
4635@node Managing Execution State
4636@section Managing Execution State
4637@cindex execution state
4638
4639A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
4640stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
4641manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
4642inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 4643active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
4644when the target has exited or not yet started.
4645
4646For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
4647not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
4648accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
4649program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
4650remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
4651are directed to the simulator.
4652
4653A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
4654onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
4655@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
4656@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
4657
4658A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
4659still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
4660@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
4661call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
4662in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
4663after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
4664time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
4665@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
4666@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
4667@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
4668@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
4669target to inactive state.
4670
4671@node Existing Targets
4672@section Existing Targets
4673@cindex targets
4674
4675@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
4676
4677Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4678
52bb452f 4679@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 4680
56caf160
EZ
4681@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4682that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4683@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
4684systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}.
c906108c 4685
56caf160
EZ
4686The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4687your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4688SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4689program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4690
4691The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4692@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4693
4694@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4695@item
4696%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4697
56caf160
EZ
4698@item
4699traps are disabled;
c906108c 4700
56caf160
EZ
4701@item
4702you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4703@end enumerate
4704
4705As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4706is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4707The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4708hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4709which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4710set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4711first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4712
4713For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4714``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4715and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4716controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4717trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4718do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4719of the debugger/stub.
4720
4721From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4722They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4723
52bb452f 4724@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 4725
52bb452f 4726@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 4727
52bb452f 4728@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 4729
52bb452f 4730@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
4731
4732
4733@node Native Debugging
4734
4735@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4736@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4737
25822942 4738Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4739
4740@table @file
56caf160 4741@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4742@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4743Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4744machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4745native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4746Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4747@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4748define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
4749@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
4750
7fd60527
AC
4751@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4752originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4753on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4754purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4755eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4756suffix.}
4757
c906108c 4758@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4759(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4760macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4761child process control and core file support.
4762
4763@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4764Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4765this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4766@end table
4767
4768There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4769various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4770defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4771the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4772@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4773
4774Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4775to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4776Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4777into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4778
4779@table @file
c906108c
SS
4780@item inftarg.c
4781This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4782processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4783
4784@item procfs.c
4785This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4786processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4787
4788@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4789This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4790and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4791
4792@item infptrace.c
4793This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4794the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4795@end table
4796
4797@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4798@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4799
4800@table @file
56caf160 4801@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4802@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4803Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4804@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4805files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4806just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4807@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4808
4809@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4810If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4811@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4812set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4813register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4814``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4815@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4816use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4817you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4818to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4819@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4820the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4821@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4822@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4823implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4824@end table
4825
25822942 4826When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4827possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4828code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4829@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4830machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4831(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4832@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
c1468174 4833exists on a core file (e.g., the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
56caf160 4834modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4835section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4836segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4837information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
c1468174 4838sets of registers (e.g., integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
c906108c
SS
4839section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4840standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4841around in.
4842
25822942 4843Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4844@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4845@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4846It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4847its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4848segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4849register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4850
4851If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4852format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4853reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4854
4855@section ptrace
4856
4857@section /proc
4858
4859@section win32
4860
4861@section shared libraries
4862
4863@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4864@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4865
56caf160
EZ
4866When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4867defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4868target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4869undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 4870
1f6d4158
AC
4871@table @code
4872
c906108c 4873@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4874@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4875If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4876define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4877a read from the child.
4878
4879[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4880currently.]
4881
4882@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4883@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4884Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4885@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4886@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4887@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4888routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4889
c906108c 4890@item FP0_REGNUM
56caf160 4891@findex FP0_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
4892This macro is normally defined to be the number of the first floating
4893point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4894appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4895to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4896
4897@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 4898@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
4899For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
4900DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
56caf160 4901@file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 4902
56caf160 4903This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4904assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4905@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4906pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4907
9742079a
EZ
4908@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4909An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4910support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4911
c906108c 4912@item KERNEL_U_ADDR
56caf160 4913@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR
c906108c 4914Define this to the address of the @code{u} structure (the ``user
25822942 4915struct'', also known as the ``u-page'') in kernel virtual memory. @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4916needs to know this so that it can subtract this address from absolute
4917addresses in the upage, that are obtained via ptrace or from core files.
4918On systems that don't need this value, set it to zero.
4919
c906108c 4920@item KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
56caf160 4921@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
25822942 4922Define this to cause @value{GDBN} to determine the address of @code{u} at
c906108c
SS
4923runtime, by using HP-style @code{nlist} on the kernel's image in the
4924root directory.
4925
4926@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4927@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4928Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4929user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4930
4931@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4932@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4933Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4934defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4935definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4936
c906108c 4937@item REGISTER_U_ADDR
56caf160 4938@findex REGISTER_U_ADDR
c906108c
SS
4939Defines the offset of the registers in the ``u area''.
4940
4941@item SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
56caf160 4942@findex SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
c906108c
SS
4943If defined, is a string to prefix on the shell command used to start the
4944inferior.
4945
4946@item SHELL_FILE
56caf160 4947@findex SHELL_FILE
c906108c
SS
4948If defined, this is the name of the shell to use to run the inferior.
4949Defaults to @code{"/bin/sh"}.
4950
990f9fe3 4951@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4952@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4953Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4954@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4955@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4956processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4957
4958@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4959@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4960Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4961want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4962
4963@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4964@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4965When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4966twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4967the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4968number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4969expand into the number expected.
4970
c906108c 4971@item USE_PROC_FS
56caf160 4972@findex USE_PROC_FS
c906108c 4973This determines whether small routines in @file{*-tdep.c}, which
56caf160
EZ
4974translate register values between @value{GDBN}'s internal
4975representation and the @file{/proc} representation, are compiled.
c906108c
SS
4976
4977@item U_REGS_OFFSET
56caf160 4978@findex U_REGS_OFFSET
c906108c
SS
4979This is the offset of the registers in the upage. It need only be
4980defined if the generic ptrace register access routines in
4981@file{infptrace.c} are being used (that is, @file{infptrace.c} is
4982configured in, and @code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined). If
4983the default value from @file{infptrace.c} is good enough, leave it
4984undefined.
4985
4986The default value means that u.u_ar0 @emph{points to} the location of
4987the registers. I'm guessing that @code{#define U_REGS_OFFSET 0} means
56caf160 4988that @code{u.u_ar0} @emph{is} the location of the registers.
c906108c
SS
4989
4990@item CLEAR_SOLIB
56caf160
EZ
4991@findex CLEAR_SOLIB
4992See @file{objfiles.c}.
c906108c
SS
4993
4994@item DEBUG_PTRACE
56caf160
EZ
4995@findex DEBUG_PTRACE
4996Define this to debug @code{ptrace} calls.
c906108c
SS
4997@end table
4998
4999
5000@node Support Libraries
5001
5002@chapter Support Libraries
5003
5004@section BFD
56caf160 5005@cindex BFD library
c906108c 5006
25822942 5007BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
5008
5009@table @emph
c906108c
SS
5010@item identifying executable and core files
5011BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
5012several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
5013
5014@item access to sections of files
5015BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
5016sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
5017(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
5018calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
5019length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
5020
5021@item specialized core file support
5022BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
5023core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 5024file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
5025file.
5026
5027@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
5028@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
5029symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 5030handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 5031symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 5032string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
5033@end table
5034
5035@section opcodes
56caf160 5036@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 5037
25822942 5038The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
5039library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
5040
5041@section readline
86f04699
EZ
5042@cindex readline library
5043The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
5044that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
5045
5046@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
5047@cindex @code{libiberty} library
5048
5049The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
5050that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
5051systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
5052groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
5053environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
5054a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
5055functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
5056beyond standard functions).
5057
5058@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
5059library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
5060floating format support functions, the input options parser
5061@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
5062
5063@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
5064@cindex @code{obstacks}
5065
5066The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
5067chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
5068like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
5069allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 5070@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
5071@code{obstacks}).
5072
5073The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
5074object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
5075representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
5076these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
5077symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
5078fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 5079offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
5080string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
5081information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
5082unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
5083various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
5084names of types.
5085
5086An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
5087that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 5088various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
5089once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
5090function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
5091deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
5092start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
5093@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
5094obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
5095happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
5096is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
5097obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
5098@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
5099else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
5100use temporary @code{obstacks}.
5101
5102Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
5103under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
5104longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
5105when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
5106new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
5107
5108@section gnu-regex
56caf160 5109@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
5110
5111Regex conditionals.
5112
5113@table @code
c906108c
SS
5114@item C_ALLOCA
5115
5116@item NFAILURES
5117
5118@item RE_NREGS
5119
5120@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
5121
5122@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
5123
5124@item SYNTAX_TABLE
5125
5126@item Sword
5127
5128@item sparc
c906108c
SS
5129@end table
5130
350da6ee
DJ
5131@section Array Containers
5132@cindex Array Containers
5133@cindex VEC
5134
5135Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
5136objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 5137and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
5138and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
5139inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
5140Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
5141
5142An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
5143The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
5144the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
5145bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
5146accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
5147but implemented in C.
5148
5149Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
5150and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
5151these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
5152pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
5153stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
5154dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
5155object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
5156elements are returned by value.
5157
5158There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
5159returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
5160variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
5161the address-of can be optimized away.
5162
5163The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
5164are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
5165itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
5166--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
5167field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
5168use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
5169such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
5170the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
5171(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
5172@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
5173minimal space in the structure containing them.
5174
5175Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
5176available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
5177that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
5178(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
5179needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
5180If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
5181to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
5182@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
5183elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
5184too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
5185but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
5186is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
5187can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
5188
5189You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
5190remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
5191in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
5192operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
5193There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
5194ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
5195@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
5196into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
5197@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
5198the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
5199
5200If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
5201accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
5202@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
5203vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
5204
5205Vector types are defined using a
5206@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
5207type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
5208characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
5209@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
5210(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
5211awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
5212check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
5213@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
5214that is not possible in plain C.
5215
5216An example of their use would be,
5217
5218@smallexample
5219DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
5220
5221struct my_struct @{
5222 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
5223@};
5224
5225struct my_struct *s;
5226
5227if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
5228VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
5229for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
5230 @{ do something with elt @}
5231
5232@end smallexample
5233
5234The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
5235accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
5236
5237@table @code
5238@item VEC_length
5239Return the number of items in the array,
5240
5241@item VEC_empty
5242Return true if the array has no elements.
5243
5244@item VEC_last
5245@itemx VEC_index
5246Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
5247
5248@item VEC_iterate
5249Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
5250traversed.
5251
5252@item VEC_alloc
5253@itemx VEC_free
5254Create and destroy an array.
5255
5256@item VEC_embedded_size
5257@itemx VEC_embedded_init
5258Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
5259
5260@item VEC_copy
5261Duplicate an array.
5262
5263@item VEC_space
5264Return the amount of free space in an array.
5265
5266@item VEC_reserve
5267Ensure a certain amount of free space.
5268
5269@item VEC_quick_push
5270@itemx VEC_safe_push
5271Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
5272sure that it is.
5273
5274@item VEC_pop
5275Remove the last item from an array.
5276
5277@item VEC_truncate
5278Remove several items from the end of an array.
5279
5280@item VEC_safe_grow
5281Add several items to the end of an array.
5282
5283@item VEC_replace
5284Overwrite an item in the array.
5285
5286@item VEC_quick_insert
5287@itemx VEC_safe_insert
5288Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
5289already exist, or the space is created.
5290
5291@item VEC_ordered_remove
5292@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
5293Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
5294
5295@item VEC_block_remove
5296Remove a set of items from the array.
5297
5298@item VEC_address
5299Provide the address of the first element.
5300
5301@item VEC_lower_bound
5302Binary search the array.
5303
5304@end table
5305
c906108c
SS
5306@section include
5307
5308@node Coding
5309
5310@chapter Coding
5311
5312This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 5313algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
5314
5315@section Cleanups
56caf160 5316@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
5317
5318Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 5319later.
c906108c 5320
cc1cb004
AC
5321When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
5322@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
5323the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
5324cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
5325and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
5326is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
5327cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
5328created.
c906108c
SS
5329
5330Syntax:
5331
5332@table @code
c906108c
SS
5333@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
5334Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
5335
56caf160 5336@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
5337@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
5338Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
5339@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
5340handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
5341@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
5342@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
5343from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 5344
56caf160 5345@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 5346@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
5347Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
5348@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
5349
5350@findex discard_cleanups
5351@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
5352Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
5353the chain and does not call the specified functions.
5354@end table
5355
5356Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
5357@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
5358later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
5359performed). E.g.:
56caf160 5360
474c8240 5361@smallexample
c906108c 5362make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
5363@{
5364 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
5365 make_cleanup (c, 0)
5366 ...
5367 do_cleanups (old);
5368@}
474c8240 5369@end smallexample
56caf160 5370
c906108c 5371@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
5372will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
5373cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
5374be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
5375
5376Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
5377Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
5378will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
5379to two common cleanup styles.
5380
5381The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5382@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
5383code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
5384code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
5385called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
5386@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 5387
474c8240 5388@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5389struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5390data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5391make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5392... blah blah ...
5393do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5394@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5395
5396The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5397@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5398any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5399code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5400an error:
5401
474c8240 5402@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5403FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5404struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5405... blah blah ...
5406discard_cleanups (old);
5407return file;
474c8240 5408@end smallexample
c906108c 5409
c1468174 5410Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5411that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5412means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5413interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5414functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5415@samp{longjmp} instead).
5416
ba8c9337
AC
5417@section Per-architecture module data
5418@cindex per-architecture module data
5419@cindex multi-arch data
5420@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5421
fc989b7a
AC
5422The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5423specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5424architecture object.
5425
5426A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5427
5428@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
5429@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5430per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5431in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5432architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5433and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
5434@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5435
fc989b7a
AC
5436@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
5437@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5438per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5439always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5440initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5441per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5442other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5443create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
5444@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5445
fc989b7a
AC
5446These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5447identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5448
fc989b7a 5449The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5450
fc989b7a
AC
5451@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
5452Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5453@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5454or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5455current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5456pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5457corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
5458@end deftypefun
5459
fc989b7a 5460The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5461
5462@smallexample
e7f16015 5463struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5464static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5465@end smallexample
5466
fc989b7a
AC
5467A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5468per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5469per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5470creation.
ba8c9337 5471
fc989b7a
AC
5472In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5473architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5474from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5475
5476@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5477static void *
5478nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5479@{
fc989b7a
AC
5480 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5481 return data;
5482@}
ba8c9337
AC
5483@end smallexample
5484
ba8c9337 5485@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5486extern void
5487set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5488@{
ba8c9337 5489 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5490 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5491@}
5492@end smallexample
5493
fc989b7a
AC
5494A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
5495using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5496
fc989b7a
AC
5497In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5498@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5499architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5500
5501@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5502static void *
5503nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5504@{
fc989b7a
AC
5505 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5506 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5507 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5508@}
5509@end smallexample
5510
5511@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5512extern int
5513nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5514@{
fc989b7a
AC
5515 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5516 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5517@}
5518@end smallexample
5519
c906108c 5520@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5521@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5522
56caf160 5523@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5524Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5525or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5526added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5527routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5528exceeded.
5529
5530The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5531printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5532away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
5533@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
5534@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
5535return!
5536
56caf160 5537It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
5538space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
5539indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
5540the line wraps there.
5541
5542Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
5543finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 5544to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
5545print warnings are a good example.
5546
25822942 5547@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 5548@cindex coding standards
c906108c 5549
25822942 5550@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 5551@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
5552FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
5553of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
5554but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 5555
56caf160
EZ
5556@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
5557@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 5558
af6c57ea 5559
b9aa90c9 5560@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 5561
b9aa90c9
AC
5562@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
5563compiler.
af6c57ea 5564
b9aa90c9 5565@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
5566
5567
5568@subsection Memory Management
5569
5570@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
5571@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
5572
5573@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
5574@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
5575these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
5576they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
5577@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
5578
5579@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
5580memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
5581behavior.}
5582
5583@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
5584
5585@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
5586memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
5587free a @code{NULL} pointer.
5588
5589@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
5590@code{NULL} pointer.}
5591
5592@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
5593allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
5594
5595@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
5596restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
5597
5598@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 5599function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
5600
5601@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
5602functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
5603errors.}
5604
5605
5606@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 5607@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 5608
aa79a185
DJ
5609With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
5610@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
5611are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
5612building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
5613
5614This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
5615with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 5616from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
5617
5618The current list of warning flags includes:
5619
5620@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
5621@item -Wall
5622Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 5623
aa79a185 5624@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 5625
aa79a185
DJ
5626@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
5627code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 5628
aa79a185 5629@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 5630
aa79a185
DJ
5631@item -Wformat-nonliteral
5632Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 5633might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 5634Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 5635@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
5636but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
5637
7be93b9e
JB
5638@item -Wno-pointer-sign
5639In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
5640assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
5641signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
5642carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
5643the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
5644worth the time it would take.
5645
aa79a185
DJ
5646@item -Wno-unused-parameter
5647Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
5648unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
5649@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
5650it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
5651is being used.
5652
5653@item -Wno-unused
5654@itemx -Wno-switch
5655These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
5656currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 5657
aa79a185 5658@end table
c906108c
SS
5659
5660@subsection Formatting
5661
56caf160 5662@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5663The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5664strictly.
5665
af6c57ea
AC
5666A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5667function definition should have its name in column zero.
5668
474c8240 5669@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5670/* Declaration */
5671static void foo (void);
5672/* Definition */
5673void
5674foo (void)
5675@{
5676@}
474c8240 5677@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5678
5679@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5680be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5681
af6c57ea
AC
5682There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5683parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5684required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5685or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5686
5687While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5688more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5689after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5690whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5691for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5692
5693Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5694
474c8240 5695@smallexample
af6c57ea 5696void *foo;
474c8240 5697@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5698
5699@noindent
5700and not:
5701
474c8240 5702@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5703void * foo;
5704void* foo;
474c8240 5705@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5706
5707@subsection Comments
5708
56caf160 5709@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5710The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5711
af6c57ea
AC
5712Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5713@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5714
474c8240 5715@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5716/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5717 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5718 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5719 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5720 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5721@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5722
5723(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5724comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5725
5726Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5727variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5728
5729In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5730than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5731line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5732than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5733
5734@subsection C Usage
5735
56caf160 5736@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5737Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5738host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5739of evaluation of expressions.
5740
56caf160 5741@cindex function usage
c906108c 5742Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5743in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5744call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5745limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5746
5747However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5748are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5749
af6c57ea 5750@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5751(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5752protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5753
5754@cindex types
c906108c 5755
af6c57ea
AC
5756Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5757declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5758
5759
5760@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5761@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5762
5763Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5764a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5765argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5766function definition.
c906108c 5767
53a5351d
JM
5768All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5769callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5770be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5771visible to random source files.
c906108c 5772
af6c57ea
AC
5773Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5774that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5775
5776
5777@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5778
5779During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5780User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5781entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5782object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5783Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5784run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5785
5786When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5787@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5788
5789@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5790
5791@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5792the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5793@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5794error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5795
5796@subsection File Names
5797
5798Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5799case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5800unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5801
5802@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5803platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5804is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5805@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5806convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5807@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5808@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5809
5810Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5811of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5812
5813@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5814
5815When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5816@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5817@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5818independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5819the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5820should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5821programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5822
5823For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5824
5825
5826@subsection Include Files
5827
e2b28d04 5828A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5829
e2b28d04
AC
5830A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5831declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5832indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5833
e2b28d04
AC
5834A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5835declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5836indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5837be directly included.
af6c57ea 5838
e2b28d04 5839An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5840
e2b28d04
AC
5841An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5842Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5843pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5844
5845A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5846
5847An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5848files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5849@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5850
5851All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5852
474c8240 5853@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5854#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5855#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5856header body
5857#endif
474c8240 5858@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5859
c906108c 5860
dab11f21 5861@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5862
56caf160 5863@cindex design
c906108c 5864In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5865semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5866experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5867trouble.
5868
56caf160 5869@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5870You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5871(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5872must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5873@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5874such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5875
5876You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5877the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5878current @code{target_ops} vector.
5879
5880You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5881(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5882assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5883host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5884written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5885copyright problems.
5886
56caf160 5887@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5888Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5889to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5890systems.
5891
56caf160 5892@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5893New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5894or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5895for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5896features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5897has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5898often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5899predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5900time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5901with regard to this feature.
5902
5903Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5904target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5905
dab11f21
EZ
5906@cindex portable file name handling
5907@cindex file names, portability
5908One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5909creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5910assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5911a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5912directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5913necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5914system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5915name, use the following portable macros:
5916
5917@table @code
5918@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5919@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5920This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5921whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5922symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5923such hosts.
5924
5925@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5926@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5927Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5928character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5929such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5930pass.
5931
5932@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5933@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5934Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5935For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5936@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5937@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5938
5939@findex FILENAME_CMP
5940@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5941Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5942appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5943this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5944will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5945
5946@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5947@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5948Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5949@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5950This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5951
5952@findex SLASH_STRING
5953@item SLASH_STRING
5954This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5955absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5956@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5957@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5958@end table
5959
5960In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5961functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5962basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5963@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5964platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5965with @code{strrchr}.
5966
25822942
DB
5967Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5968attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5969multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5970by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5971well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5972something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5973using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5974@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5975current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5976is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5977implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5978attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5979formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5980
56caf160
EZ
5981Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
5982the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
5983@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
5984something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
5985consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
5986with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
5987file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
5988radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 5989
af6c57ea
AC
5990All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
5991@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
5992messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
5993@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
5994
c906108c 5995
8487521e 5996@node Porting GDB
c906108c 5997
25822942 5998@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 5999@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 6000
56caf160
EZ
6001Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
6002specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
6003dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
6004hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
6005@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
6006name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
6007@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 6008
56caf160
EZ
6009@itemize @bullet
6010@item
c906108c
SS
6011In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
6012@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
6013vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
6014@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
6015@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
6016running
6017
474c8240 6018@smallexample
c906108c 6019./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 6020@end smallexample
56caf160 6021
c906108c
SS
6022@noindent
6023and
56caf160 6024
474c8240 6025@smallexample
c906108c 6026./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 6027@end smallexample
56caf160 6028
c906108c
SS
6029@noindent
6030which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
6031and no error messages.
6032
56caf160 6033@noindent
c906108c
SS
6034You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
6035beyond the scope of this manual.
6036
56caf160 6037@item
25822942 6038To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
6039your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
6040desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
6041setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
6042@var{xyz}).
6043
7fd60527
AC
6044@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
6045@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
6046new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
6047Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
6048to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
6049changed again in the future.}
6050
56caf160 6051@item
25822942 6052Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
6053target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
6054configuration.
56caf160 6055@end itemize
c906108c 6056
d52fe014
AC
6057@node Versions and Branches
6058@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 6059
d52fe014 6060@section Versions
8973da3a 6061
d52fe014
AC
6062@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
6063@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 6064
d52fe014
AC
6065@table @asis
6066@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
6067@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6068an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
6069@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6070a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
60716.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
6072@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
6073a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
60746.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
6075@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 6076a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
6077@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
6078may include additional changes
d52fe014 6079@end table
fb0ff88f 6080
d52fe014
AC
6081@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
6082numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6083of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
6084@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 6085
53531fc1
AC
6086@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
6087@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
6088drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
6089first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
6090@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
6091@var{patchlevel}.
6092
6093For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
6094identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
6095
6096@table @asis
6097@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6098drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
6099@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6100@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6101drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
61026.1.90.20020304)
6103@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6104@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6105drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
6106@end table
fb0ff88f 6107
d52fe014
AC
6108If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
61096.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
6110here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 6111
d52fe014
AC
6112@smallexample
6113 <HEAD>
6114 |
53531fc1 61156.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 6116 |
53531fc1 6117 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6118 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 6119 | |
53531fc1
AC
61206.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
6121 | |
61226.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
6123 | |
61246.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 6125 | |
53531fc1
AC
61266.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
6127 | |
61286.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
6129 | |
61306.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
6131 | |
61326.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
6133 | |
61346.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 6135 |
53531fc1 61366.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 6137 |
53531fc1 6138 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6139 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
6140 | |
61416.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
6142 | |
d52fe014 6143@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6144
d52fe014
AC
6145@section Release Branches
6146@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 6147
d52fe014
AC
6148@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
6149single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
6150branch tags:
fb0ff88f 6151
d52fe014
AC
6152@smallexample
6153gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
6154gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
6155gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
6156@end smallexample
6157
6158@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
6159release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
6160date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
6161branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
6162
6163@section Vendor Branches
6164@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
6165
6166To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
6167@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
6168(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 6169its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
6170Inc Patch 2)}.
6171
6172@section Experimental Branches
6173@cindex experimental branches
6174
6175@subsection Guidelines
6176
6177@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
6178repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
6179for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
6180significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 6181
d52fe014 6182The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 6183
d52fe014
AC
6184@table @emph
6185
6186@item a branch has an owner
6187The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
6188ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
6189adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
6190
6191@item all commits are posted
6192All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
6193@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
6194mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
6195should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
6196
6197@item all commits are covered by an assignment
6198This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
6199and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
6200
6201@item a branch is focused
6202A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
6203unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
6204be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
6205
6206@item a branch tracks mainline
6207This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
6208pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
6209mainline.
6210
6211@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
6212The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
6213branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
6214
6215@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
6216The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
6217the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 6218@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
6219
6220@end table
fb0ff88f 6221
d52fe014
AC
6222@subsection Tags
6223@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 6224
d52fe014
AC
6225To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
6226branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 6227
d52fe014 6228@table @code
fb0ff88f 6229
d52fe014
AC
6230@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6231@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
6232The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
6233date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
6234sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 6235@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6236cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
6237cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
6238 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 6239@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6240
d52fe014
AC
6241@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
6242The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
6243on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
6244use a command sequence like:
474c8240 6245@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6246cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
6247cvs update \
6248 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6249 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 6250@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6251@noindent
6252Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
6253merge.
6254
6255@end table
fb0ff88f 6256
d52fe014
AC
6257@noindent
6258For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
6259@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
6260
55f6ca0f
JB
6261@node Start of New Year Procedure
6262@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
6263@cindex new year procedure
6264
6265At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
6266
6267@itemize @bullet
6268@item
6269Rotate the ChangeLog file
6270
6271The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
6272@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
6273A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
6274contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
6275also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
6276the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
6277@smallexample
6278Local Variables:
6279mode: change-log
6280left-margin: 8
6281fill-column: 74
6282version-control: never
6283End:
6284@end smallexample
6285
7f893741
JB
6286@item
6287Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
6288in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6289
55f6ca0f
JB
6290@item
6291Update the copyright year in the startup message
6292
6293Update the copyright year in file @file{top.c}, function
6294@code{print_gdb_version}.
6295@end itemize
6296
d52fe014 6297@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 6298
d52fe014
AC
6299@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
6300@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 6301
9bb0a4d8
AC
6302@section Branch Commit Policy
6303
6304The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
63055.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
6306
6307@itemize @bullet
6308@item
6309The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
6310@item
6311Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
6312trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 6313file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
6314@item
6315When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6316Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6317when debugging a static binary?
6318@item
6319The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6320the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6321@item
6322Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6323sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6324@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6325@end itemize
6326
6327@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6328functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6329This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6330reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6331
6332
cbb09e6a 6333@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6334
8642bc8f 6335Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6336code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6337(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6338
8642bc8f 6339Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6340line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6341been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6342
cbb09e6a
AC
6343The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6344wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6345Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6346
cbb09e6a 6347@enumerate
8973da3a 6348@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6349Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
6350list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6351recommended.
8973da3a 6352@item
cbb09e6a 6353Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6354@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6355Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
6356Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6357@item
cbb09e6a 6358Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6359@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6360Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6361prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6362@item
6363Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6364released.
6365@item
6366Remove the obsolete code.
6367@end enumerate
6368
6369@noindent
6370@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6371hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6372helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6373or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6374the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6375hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6376
8973da3a 6377
9ae8b82c
AC
6378
6379@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6380
8642bc8f
AC
6381The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6382changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6383instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6384building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6385@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6386
9ae8b82c 6387@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6388
9ae8b82c
AC
6389People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6390something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6391script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6392
9ae8b82c 6393@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6394
9ae8b82c
AC
6395Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6396@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6397@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6398
6399@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6400
8642bc8f 6401A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6402
8642bc8f
AC
6403@itemize @bullet
6404@item
6405@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6406@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6407@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6408file)
6409@item
6410@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6411@end itemize
6412
9ae8b82c 6413@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6414
9ae8b82c
AC
6415@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
6416(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6417conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6418of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6419regressions.
8642bc8f 6420
9ae8b82c 6421@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6422
9ae8b82c 6423Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6424
9ae8b82c 6425@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6426
9ae8b82c 6427The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6428
8642bc8f 6429
30107679 6430@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6431
30107679 6432@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6433
474c8240 6434@smallexample
30107679
AC
6435$ u=5.1
6436$ v=5.2
6437$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6438$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6439$ echo $u $V $D
64405.1 5_2 2002-03-03
6441$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6442-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
30107679 6443cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6444-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6445$ ^echo ^^
6446...
6447$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6448-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
30107679 6449cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6450-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6451$ ^echo ^^
6452...
8642bc8f 6453$
474c8240 6454@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6455
6456@itemize @bullet
6457@item
b247355e 6458By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6459date/time.
6460@item
b247355e 6461The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6462@item
b247355e 6463Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6464@item
b247355e 6465@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6466@item
b247355e 6467The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6468@end itemize
6469
6470@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6471
6472@smallexample
6473$ u=5.1
6474$ v=5.2
6475$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6476$ echo $u $v$V
64775.1 5_2
6478$ cd /tmp
6479$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
6480-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
6481cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
6482 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6483$ ^echo ^^
6484U src/gdb/version.in
6485$ cd src/gdb
6486$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6487$ cat version.in
64885.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6489$ cvs -f commit version.in
6490@end smallexample
6491
6492@itemize @bullet
6493@item
6494@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6495mechanism.
30107679
AC
6496@item
6497@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6498initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6499@end itemize
6500
8642bc8f
AC
6501
6502@subheading Update the web and news pages
6503
30107679
AC
6504Something?
6505
8642bc8f
AC
6506@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
6507
30107679
AC
6508The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
6509This file needs to be updated so that:
6510
6511@itemize @bullet
6512@item
b247355e 6513A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 6514@item
b247355e 6515The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
6516@end itemize
6517
6518@noindent
6519See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
6520cron table.
6521
6522The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
6523any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
6524snapshot directories.
6525
6526
6527@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
6528
6529The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
6530to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
6531refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
6532
6533The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
6534current release.
6535
6536@subheading Post the branch info
6537
6538Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
6539
6540@itemize @bullet
6541@item
6542@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6543@item
d3e8051b
EZ
6544@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
6545@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 6546@end itemize
30107679
AC
6547
6548@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
6549ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
6550list are alerted.}
6551
6552The announcement should include:
6553
6554@itemize @bullet
6555@item
b247355e 6556The branch tag.
30107679 6557@item
b247355e 6558How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 6559@item
b247355e 6560The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 6561@item
b247355e 6562The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 6563@end itemize
30107679 6564
8642bc8f
AC
6565@section Stabilize the branch
6566
6567Something goes here.
6568
6569@section Create a Release
6570
0816590b
AC
6571The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
6572down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
6573process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
6574process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 6575
0816590b
AC
6576When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
6577
6578@subsection Create a release candidate
6579
6580The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
6581made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
6582candidate).
6583
6584@subsubheading Freeze the branch
6585
6586Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
6587@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
6588
6589@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 6590
474c8240 6591@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6592$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
6593$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6594$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
6595$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 6596/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6597$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
6598$ cd $t/$b/$v
6599$ pwd
0816590b 6600/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
6601$ which autoconf
6602/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 6603$
474c8240 6604@end smallexample
8973da3a 6605
0816590b
AC
6606@noindent
6607Notes:
8973da3a 6608
0816590b
AC
6609@itemize @bullet
6610@item
6611Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
6612version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
6613found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
6614unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
6615@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
6616@end itemize
6617
6618@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 6619
474c8240 6620@smallexample
b247355e 6621$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6622do
8973da3a
AC
6623( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
6624done
8642bc8f 6625$
474c8240 6626@end smallexample
8973da3a 6627
0816590b
AC
6628@noindent
6629Note:
8642bc8f 6630
0816590b
AC
6631@itemize @bullet
6632@item
6633The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
6634any confusion between what is written here and what your local
6635@code{cvs} really does.
6636@end itemize
6637
6638@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 6639
0816590b
AC
6640@table @file
6641
6642@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
6643
6644Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
6645releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
6646
0816590b 6647Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 6648
474c8240 6649@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6650$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
6651...
6652c-x 4 a
6653...
6654c-x c-s c-x c-c
6655$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
6656$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6657@end smallexample
8973da3a 6658
0816590b
AC
6659@item gdb/README
6660
6661You'll need to update:
8973da3a 6662
0816590b
AC
6663@itemize @bullet
6664@item
b247355e 6665The version.
0816590b 6666@item
b247355e 6667The update date.
0816590b 6668@item
b247355e 6669Who did it.
0816590b 6670@end itemize
8973da3a 6671
474c8240 6672@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6673$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
6674...
8973da3a 6675c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 6676...
8973da3a 6677c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6678$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
6679$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6680@end smallexample
8973da3a 6681
0816590b
AC
6682@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
6683before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
6684to get it updated.}
8973da3a 6685
8642bc8f
AC
6686@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
6687@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
6688pursuing.}
8973da3a 6689
0816590b 6690@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 6691
474c8240 6692@smallexample
8642bc8f 6693$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
6694$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
66955.2
8642bc8f 6696$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
6697...
6698c-x 4 a
0816590b 6699... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 6700c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6701$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
6702$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6703@end smallexample
8973da3a 6704
0816590b
AC
6705@end table
6706
6707@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6708
6709This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6710
4ce8657e
MC
6711@smallexample
6712$ for m in gdb insight
6713do
6714( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6715done
4ce8657e
MC
6716@end smallexample
6717
6718If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6719(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6720
474c8240 6721@smallexample
0816590b 6722$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6723do
0816590b 6724( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6725done
474c8240 6726@end smallexample
8973da3a 6727
0816590b 6728@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6729
0816590b 6730You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6731@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6732for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6733
474c8240 6734@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6735$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6736M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6737? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6738? proto-toplev
0816590b 6739@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6740M gdb/ChangeLog
6741M gdb/NEWS
6742M gdb/README
6743M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6744@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6745$
474c8240 6746@end smallexample
8973da3a 6747
0816590b 6748@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6749@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6750@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6751was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 6752didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6753
0816590b 6754@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6755
474c8240 6756@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6757$ cp */src/*.tar .
6758$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6759$ ls -F
b247355e 6760gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
6761$ for m in gdb insight
6762do
6763bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6764gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6765done
6766$
474c8240 6767@end smallexample
8973da3a 6768
0816590b
AC
6769@noindent
6770Note:
6771
6772@itemize @bullet
6773@item
6774A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6775in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6776can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6777process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6778@end itemize
6779
6780@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6781
0816590b 6782Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6783
0816590b
AC
6784@smallexample
6785$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6786$ cd gdb-5.2
6787$ ./configure
6788$ make
6789@dots{}
6790$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6791GNU gdb 5.2
6792@dots{}
6793(gdb) b main
6794Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6795(gdb) run
6796Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6797
6798Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6799734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6800(gdb) print args
6801$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6802(gdb)
6803@end smallexample
8973da3a 6804
0816590b 6805@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6806
0816590b 6807If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6808
0816590b
AC
6809@enumerate
6810@item
6811Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6812@item
6813Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6814@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6815process can restart.
6816@item
6817Make the release candidate available in
6818@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6819@item
6820Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6821@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6822@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6823
0816590b 6824@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6825
0816590b 6826(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6827
0816590b 6828@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6829
0816590b 6830Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6831
474c8240 6832@smallexample
0816590b 6833$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6834$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6835@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6836
0816590b
AC
6837@noindent
6838Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6839are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6840
6841@smallexample
6842$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6843$ rm @dots{}
6844@end smallexample
6845
6846@noindent
6847Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6848directory:
6849
6850@smallexample
6851$ vi README
6852@dots{}
6853$ rm -f .message
6854$ ln README .message
6855@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6856
0816590b 6857@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6858
0816590b
AC
6859@table @file
6860
6861@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6862This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6863@itemize @bullet
6864@item
b247355e 6865General announcement.
8642bc8f 6866@item
0816590b
AC
6867News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6868earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6869@item
b247355e 6870Errata.
0816590b
AC
6871@end itemize
6872
6873@item htdocs/index.html
6874@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6875@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6876These files include:
6877@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6878@item
b247355e 6879Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 6880@item
b247355e 6881News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6882@end itemize
0816590b 6883These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6884
0816590b 6885@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6886You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6887docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6888from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6889Something like:
6890
474c8240 6891@smallexample
8642bc8f 6892$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6893 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6894 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6895 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6896 gdb
474c8240 6897@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6898
0816590b
AC
6899@item download/ari/
6900Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6901
0816590b
AC
6902@smallexample
6903$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6904 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6905 $PWD/www \
6906 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6907 gdb
6908@end smallexample
6909
6910@end table
6911
6912@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6913
6914Something goes here.
6915
6916
6917@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6918
6919At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6920@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6921
6922@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6923
6924Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6925
6926@itemize @bullet
6927@item
6928@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6929@item
0816590b
AC
6930@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6931day or so to let things get out)
6932@item
6933@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6934@end itemize
6935
0816590b 6936@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6937
0816590b 6938The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6939
0816590b 6940@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6941
0816590b 6942In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6943
6944@itemize @bullet
6945@item
6946@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6947@item
6948@file{gdb/version.in}
6949@item
6950@file{gdb/NEWS}
6951@item
6952@file{gdb/README}
6953@end itemize
6954
0816590b 6955@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6956
6957Something like:
6958
474c8240 6959@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6960$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6961$ echo $d
69622002-01-24
6963$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6964$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6965@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6966
0816590b 6967Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 6968@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
6969
6970@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6971
0816590b
AC
6972Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6973indicates when the release was made.
6974
6975@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6976
6977If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6978@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6979committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6980@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
6981is important - it affects the snapshot process).
6982
6983Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
6984
0816590b 6985@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 6986
8642bc8f
AC
6987The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
6988trunk.
8973da3a 6989
0816590b
AC
6990@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
6991
6992Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
6993Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
6994generated by running:
6995
6996@smallexample
6997$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
6998@end smallexample
6999
7000@noindent
7001The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
7002of the most recent release.
7003
7004Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
7005
8642bc8f 7006@section Post release
8973da3a 7007
8642bc8f 7008Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 7009
085dd6e6
JM
7010@node Testsuite
7011
7012@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 7013@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 7014
56caf160
EZ
7015The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
7016While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
7017this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
7018the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
7019to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 7020
b247355e
NR
7021The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
7022tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
7023runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
7024
7025@section Using the Testsuite
7026
56caf160 7027@cindex running the test suite
25822942 7028To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
7029testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
7030environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
7031the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
7032and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
7033finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 7034
474c8240 7035@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
7036 === gdb Summary ===
7037
7038# of expected passes 6016
7039# of unexpected failures 58
7040# of unexpected successes 5
7041# of expected failures 183
7042# of unresolved testcases 3
7043# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 7044@end smallexample
56caf160 7045
a9f158ec
JB
7046To run a specific test script, type:
7047@example
7048make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
7049@end example
7050where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
7051spaces.
7052
085dd6e6
JM
7053The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
7054conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
7055real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
7056failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
7057hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
7058everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
7059being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
7060lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
7061Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
7062reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
7063catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
7064program.
7065
7066When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
7067testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
7068regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
7069run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
7070compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
7071testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
7072options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
7073host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
7074mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
7075
7076If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
7077tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
7078and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
7079Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
7080failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
7081difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
7082in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
7083tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 7084
e7dc800a
MC
7085DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
7086some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
7087the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
7088will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
7089
7090@smallexample
7091UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
7092@end smallexample
7093
085dd6e6
JM
7094@section Testsuite Organization
7095
56caf160 7096@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
7097The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
7098testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
7099and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 7100handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 7101@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 7102all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
7103configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
7104definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
7105
7106The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
7107subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
7108with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
7109in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
7110get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
7111
7112The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
7113are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
7114located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
7115execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
7116intelligibility.
7117
56caf160 7118@table @file
085dd6e6 7119@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 7120This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 7121configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 7122The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 7123ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
7124for prototypes).
7125
7126@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 7127Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 7128@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
7129
7130@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
7131Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
7132(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
7133HP-UX.
7134
7135@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
7136Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
71371999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
7138couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
7139imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
7140extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
7141
7142@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 7143Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
7144instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
7145@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
7146@end table
7147
7148@section Writing Tests
56caf160 7149@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 7150
25822942 7151In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
7152should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
7153
7154You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
7155includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
7156However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
7157instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
7158calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
7159
7160Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
25822942 7161necessary, such as when @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to a command.
085dd6e6
JM
7162
7163The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 7164style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 7165styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 7166instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
7167never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
7168uniformly.
7169
c906108c
SS
7170@node Hints
7171
7172@chapter Hints
7173
7174Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
7175appear anywhere else in the directory.
7176
7177@menu
25822942 7178* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 7179* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
7180@end menu
7181
7182@node Getting Started,,, Hints
7183
7184@section Getting Started
7185
25822942 7186@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
7187work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
7188know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
7189
25822942
DB
7190This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
7191generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7192
7193Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
7194comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
7195function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 7196explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
7197free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
7198out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
7199actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
7200
7201Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
7202native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
7203repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
7204macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
7205default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
7206also documents all the available macros.
7207@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
7208@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
7209@c Conditionals})
7210
56caf160
EZ
7211Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
7212@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
7213@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
7214code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
7215
7216You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
7217enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 7218language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
7219the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
7220and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
7221are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
7222approach.
7223
25822942 7224Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
7225specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
7226function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
7227will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
7228calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
7229(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
7230called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
7231functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
7232one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
7233structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
7234the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
7235look like.
7236
7237Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
7238code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
7239principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
7240else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
7241rather than worrying about all its details.
7242
56caf160
EZ
7243@cindex command implementation
7244A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
7245a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
7246single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
7247@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
7248via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
7249which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
7250the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
7251@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
7252command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
7253display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
7254not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
7255tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
7256breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
7257
7258@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
7259If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
7260on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
7261wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 7262@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
7263Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
7264
33e16fad 7265@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 7266
25822942 7267@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 7268@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 7269
25822942 7270If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
7271fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
7272Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 7273debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 7274./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 7275@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 7276
25822942 7277When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
7278@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
7279gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 7280in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
7281gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
7282
7283If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
7284you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
7285routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
7286@kbd{M-.}
7287
25822942 7288Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
7289have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
7290
7291@section Submitting Patches
7292
56caf160 7293@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 7294Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 7295@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
7296Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
7297changes.
7298
25822942
DB
7299The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
7300This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7301
7302If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
7303or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
7304with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
7305
56caf160 7306@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
7307The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
7308copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
7309of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
7310standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
7311and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
7312owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
7313changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
7314etc) can be
9e0b60a8 7315contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 7316bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
7317this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
7318since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
7319
7320Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
7321feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
7322Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
7323header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
7324each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
7325needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
7326@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
7327single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
7328
7329In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 7330sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
7331If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
7332out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 7333
9e0b60a8
JM
7334The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
7335install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
7336or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 7337will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
7338The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
7339the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
7340being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
7341tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
7342the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
7343acceptable.
7344
7345If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
7346of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
7347installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
7348reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
7349complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
7350they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
7351permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
7352be for quite some time.
c906108c 7353
56caf160 7354Please send patches directly to
47b95330 7355@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c
SS
7356
7357@section Obsolete Conditionals
56caf160 7358@cindex obsolete code
c906108c 7359
25822942 7360Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following
c906108c
SS
7361configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses
7362should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched.
7363
7364@table @code
c906108c
SS
7365@item STACK_END_ADDR
7366This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use
7367in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the
25822942
DB
7368core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN}
7369gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration
c906108c 7370files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there),
25822942 7371and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files.
c906108c
SS
7372
7373Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR
7374is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old!
7375
c906108c
SS
7376@end table
7377
bcd7e15f 7378@include observer.texi
2154891a 7379@raisesections
aab4e0ec 7380@include fdl.texi
2154891a 7381@lowersections
aab4e0ec 7382
56caf160
EZ
7383@node Index
7384@unnumbered Index
7385
7386@printindex cp
7387
c906108c 7388@bye
This page took 0.913894 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.